WO2014142004A1 - Resin composition for forming receiving layer, and receiving base, printed material, conductive pattern and electrical circuit which are obtained using same - Google Patents

Resin composition for forming receiving layer, and receiving base, printed material, conductive pattern and electrical circuit which are obtained using same Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014142004A1
WO2014142004A1 PCT/JP2014/055828 JP2014055828W WO2014142004A1 WO 2014142004 A1 WO2014142004 A1 WO 2014142004A1 JP 2014055828 W JP2014055828 W JP 2014055828W WO 2014142004 A1 WO2014142004 A1 WO 2014142004A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
receiving layer
forming
mass
resin composition
ink
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2014/055828
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
公恵 斉藤
白髪 潤
亘 冨士川
村川 昭
Original Assignee
Dic株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Dic株式会社 filed Critical Dic株式会社
Priority to JP2014524979A priority Critical patent/JP5594451B1/en
Publication of WO2014142004A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014142004A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G18/00Polymeric products of isocyanates or isothiocyanates
    • C08G18/06Polymeric products of isocyanates or isothiocyanates with compounds having active hydrogen
    • C08G18/28Polymeric products of isocyanates or isothiocyanates with compounds having active hydrogen characterised by the compounds used containing active hydrogen
    • C08G18/65Low-molecular-weight compounds having active hydrogen with high-molecular-weight compounds having active hydrogen
    • C08G18/66Compounds of groups C08G18/42, C08G18/48, or C08G18/52
    • C08G18/6633Compounds of group C08G18/42
    • C08G18/6659Compounds of group C08G18/42 with compounds of group C08G18/34
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G18/00Polymeric products of isocyanates or isothiocyanates
    • C08G18/06Polymeric products of isocyanates or isothiocyanates with compounds having active hydrogen
    • C08G18/28Polymeric products of isocyanates or isothiocyanates with compounds having active hydrogen characterised by the compounds used containing active hydrogen
    • C08G18/40High-molecular-weight compounds
    • C08G18/42Polycondensates having carboxylic or carbonic ester groups in the main chain
    • C08G18/4236Polycondensates having carboxylic or carbonic ester groups in the main chain containing only aliphatic groups
    • C08G18/4238Polycondensates having carboxylic or carbonic ester groups in the main chain containing only aliphatic groups derived from dicarboxylic acids and dialcohols
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G18/00Polymeric products of isocyanates or isothiocyanates
    • C08G18/06Polymeric products of isocyanates or isothiocyanates with compounds having active hydrogen
    • C08G18/70Polymeric products of isocyanates or isothiocyanates with compounds having active hydrogen characterised by the isocyanates or isothiocyanates used
    • C08G18/72Polyisocyanates or polyisothiocyanates
    • C08G18/74Polyisocyanates or polyisothiocyanates cyclic
    • C08G18/75Polyisocyanates or polyisothiocyanates cyclic cycloaliphatic
    • C08G18/758Polyisocyanates or polyisothiocyanates cyclic cycloaliphatic containing two or more cycloaliphatic rings
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K1/00Printed circuits
    • H05K1/02Details
    • H05K1/03Use of materials for the substrate
    • H05K1/0313Organic insulating material
    • H05K1/032Organic insulating material consisting of one material
    • H05K1/0346Organic insulating material consisting of one material containing N
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41MPRINTING, DUPLICATING, MARKING, OR COPYING PROCESSES; COLOUR PRINTING
    • B41M5/00Duplicating or marking methods; Sheet materials for use therein
    • B41M5/50Recording sheets characterised by the coating used to improve ink, dye or pigment receptivity, e.g. for ink-jet or thermal dye transfer recording
    • B41M5/52Macromolecular coatings
    • B41M5/5263Macromolecular coatings characterised by the use of polymers obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • B41M5/5281Polyurethanes or polyureas
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K3/00Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits
    • H05K3/10Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits in which conductive material is applied to the insulating support in such a manner as to form the desired conductive pattern
    • H05K3/12Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits in which conductive material is applied to the insulating support in such a manner as to form the desired conductive pattern using thick film techniques, e.g. printing techniques to apply the conductive material or similar techniques for applying conductive paste or ink patterns
    • H05K3/1241Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits in which conductive material is applied to the insulating support in such a manner as to form the desired conductive pattern using thick film techniques, e.g. printing techniques to apply the conductive material or similar techniques for applying conductive paste or ink patterns by ink-jet printing or drawing by dispensing
    • H05K3/125Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits in which conductive material is applied to the insulating support in such a manner as to form the desired conductive pattern using thick film techniques, e.g. printing techniques to apply the conductive material or similar techniques for applying conductive paste or ink patterns by ink-jet printing or drawing by dispensing by ink-jet printing
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K3/00Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits
    • H05K3/10Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits in which conductive material is applied to the insulating support in such a manner as to form the desired conductive pattern
    • H05K3/18Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits in which conductive material is applied to the insulating support in such a manner as to form the desired conductive pattern using precipitation techniques to apply the conductive material

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a resin composition capable of forming a layer capable of receiving a fluid such as ink, a receiving substrate provided with a receiving layer, and a printed matter such as a conductive pattern.
  • the pigment ink having the high color developability is used, depending on the composition of the ink receiving layer, a print image having high color density and excellent printability can be formed, such as causing ink bleeding. There were cases where it was difficult.
  • various materials are used as a support on which the ink receiving layer is provided.
  • Conventional ink receiving layers are adhesive to plastic films such as polyethylene terephthalate. In this case, the receiving layer may be peeled with time.
  • a conductive ink containing a conductive substance such as silver is printed on the surface of the support by an ink jet printing method or a screen printing method, and then dried. And the method of heating and light irradiation as needed is mentioned.
  • the conductive ink is directly printed on the surface of various supports, the conductive ink is not easily adhered to the surface of the support, and thus easily peels off. In some cases, disconnection may occur.
  • the support made of polyimide resin, polyethylene terephthalate resin, etc. is rich in flexibility, it is expected to be used for the production of a foldable flexible device, but the surface of the support made of polyimide resin or the like is In particular, since ink and the like are difficult to adhere to each other, they are liable to be peeled off. In some cases, the finally obtained electronic circuit or the like is disconnected or the conductivity is lowered.
  • a method of producing a conductive pattern by drawing a pattern by a predetermined method using a conductive ink on an ink receiving substrate provided with a latex layer is known. It is known that an acrylic resin can be used as the latex layer (see Patent Document 1).
  • the ink receiving layer made of the latex layer constituting the conductive pattern may cause bleeding of the conductive ink, unevenness of the printing thickness, etc.
  • a printed matter printed with the conductive ink is generally used for the purpose of bringing the conductive substances contained in the conductive ink into contact with each other to impart conductivity. In many cases, it is heated and baked at a temperature of °C or higher.
  • the ink receiving layer such as the latex layer described in the literature 1 is easily deteriorated due to the influence of heat received in the baking process, the adhesion of the interface between the ink receiving layer and the support is particularly high. It is easy to cause a drop, and even if a very slight force is applied, it may be easily peeled off. Further, when the baking process is performed, excessive swelling and deformation of the latex layer, which is an ink-receiving layer, are likely to be caused. In addition, since the latex layer often does not have sufficient adhesion to the support before heating in the baking step, the support and the ink receiving layer are not subjected to the baking step. And may cause partial peeling.
  • the plating process is performed by using, for example.
  • the plating agent used for the plating treatment and the agent used in the cleaning step are usually strongly alkaline and strongly acidic, and thus easily cause peeling from the support such as the receiving layer.
  • the conductive pattern may be disconnected.
  • the conductive pattern is required to have a level of durability that does not cause peeling of the conductive ink-receiving layer from the support even when it is repeatedly immersed in the drug or the like for a long time. ing.
  • the problem to be solved by the present invention is that, among the receiving layers capable of carrying a fluid such as ink, a receiving layer having excellent adhesion to various supports can be formed, causing bleeding of the fluid such as ink. It is an object of the present invention to provide a resin composition for forming a receiving layer capable of forming a receiving layer having excellent printability without any problems.
  • the second problem to be solved by the present invention is that, among the receiving layers capable of supporting a fluid such as conductive ink, a receiving layer having excellent adhesion to the support can be formed. Even if it is possible to draw fine lines at a level that can be used to achieve higher density of electronic circuits etc. without causing blurring or repellency, and even if chemicals such as plating chemicals or various organic solvents adhere
  • a resin composition for forming a receiving layer capable of forming a printed matter such as a conductive pattern having a level of durability capable of maintaining good electrical conductivity without causing peeling of the receiving layer from the support That is.
  • the present invention provides a vinyl polymer in the side chain obtained by reacting a polyol (A) containing a vinyl polymer (a1) having two hydroxyl groups at one end and a polyisocyanate (B).
  • the present invention relates to a resin composition for forming a receiving layer, comprising a urethane resin (C) having a structure derived from (a1).
  • the resin composition for forming a receiving layer of the present invention can form a receiving layer having excellent adhesion to various supports, and is capable of printing with high color without causing bleeding of a fluid such as pigment ink. Since it contributes to the formation of printed images with excellent properties, it can be used for recording media used for the production of advertisements, signboards, signs, etc. that can be installed indoors and outdoors.
  • the resin composition for forming a receiving layer of the present invention can form a receiving layer having excellent adhesion to a support, and can realize high density of electronic circuits and the like without causing bleeding of conductive ink. Since it is possible to provide a thin line of a level capable of drawing a thin line that can be provided, and a receiving layer excellent in durability can be formed, for example, an organic solar cell, an electronic book terminal, an organic EL, an organic transistor, a flexible printed circuit board, Generally used in new fields such as printed electronics, such as peripheral wiring for RFID such as contactless IC cards, formation of electronic circuits, wiring for electromagnetic shielding of plasma displays, integrated circuits, manufacturing of organic transistors, etc. be able to.
  • the receptor layer formed using the resin composition for forming a receptor layer of the present invention is printed on the receptor substrate of the present invention using a fluid such as conductive ink or plating nucleating agent, and then heated.
  • a fluid such as conductive ink or plating nucleating agent
  • the resin composition for forming a receiving layer of the present invention is obtained by reacting a polyol (A) containing a vinyl polymer (a1) having two hydroxyl groups at one end and a polyisocyanate (B).
  • the side chain contains a urethane resin (C) having a structure derived from the vinyl polymer (a1).
  • the receiving layer forming resin composition absorbs the solvent in the fluid when the fluid containing the conductive material or the pigment is brought into contact, and carries the conductive material or the pigment. Can be used to form
  • the urethane resin (C) used in the present invention is one in which the structure derived from the vinyl polymer (a1) is grafted to the side chain of the structure of the urethane resin as the main chain.
  • a product obtained by reacting an extender is used.
  • the urethane resin (C) is preferably one having a structure derived from the vinyl polymer (a1) in the range of 1% by mass to 70% by mass with respect to the total amount of the urethane resin (C). It is preferable to use a material having a mass% to 50 mass% in order to give even better printability and fine lineability.
  • urethane resin (C) in addition to imparting better adhesion, printability and fine lineability, and further improving the durability, a weight average in the range of 10,000 to 150,000 Those having a molecular weight are preferably used, and those having a weight average molecular weight in the range of 10,000 to 50,000 are more preferably used.
  • the resin composition for forming a receiving layer of the present invention contains the urethane resin (C), but as the solvent, it is used in combination with a solvent such as an aqueous medium (D) or an organic solvent. It is preferable for improving the coating workability.
  • a solvent such as an aqueous medium (D) or an organic solvent.
  • the urethane resin (C) is preferably present in a dispersed state in the aqueous medium (D).
  • Examples of the method for dispersing the urethane resin (C) in the aqueous medium (D) include a method using a surfactant and a method using a urethane resin (C) having a hydrophilic group.
  • hydrophilic group for example, an anionic group, a cationic group, or a nonionic group can be used, and an anionic group is more preferably used.
  • anionic group for example, a carboxyl group, a carboxylate group, a sulfonic acid group, a sulfonate group, and the like can be used. Among them, a part or all of the carboxyl group or the sulfonic acid group depends on a basic compound or the like. It is preferable to use a neutralized carboxylate group or sulfonate group in order to impart good water dispersibility.
  • Examples of basic compounds that can be used for neutralizing the anionic group include organic amines such as ammonia, triethylamine, pyridine, and morpholine; alkanolamines such as monoethanolamine; metal bases including sodium, potassium, lithium, calcium, and the like Compounds.
  • organic amines such as ammonia, triethylamine, pyridine, and morpholine
  • alkanolamines such as monoethanolamine
  • metal bases including sodium, potassium, lithium, calcium, and the like Compounds.
  • the carboxylate group or sulfonate group is used as the anionic group, they are preferably present in the range of 5 mmol / kg to 4,000 mmol / kg with respect to the entire urethane resin (C), and 50 mmol / kg. It is more preferable to exist in the range of ⁇ 2,000 mmol / kg in order to maintain good water dispersion stability of the urethane resin (C).
  • a tertiary amino group etc. can be used, for example.
  • the acid that can be used for neutralizing part or all of the tertiary amino group include organic acids such as acetic acid, propionic acid, lactic acid, and maleic acid; organic acids such as sulfonic acid and methanesulfonic acid. Sulfonic acid; inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, orthophosphoric acid and orthophosphorous acid can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • acetic acid, propionic acid, lactic acid, maleic acid, or the like because chlorine, sulfur, or the like may inhibit the conductivity.
  • the tertiary amino group as the cationic group may be partially or fully quaternized.
  • the quaternizing agent for example, dimethyl sulfate, diethyl sulfate, methyl chloride, ethyl chloride and the like can be used, and dimethyl sulfate is preferably used.
  • nonionic group examples include polyoxyalkylene groups such as polyoxyethylene group, polyoxypropylene group, polyoxybutylene group, poly (oxyethylene-oxypropylene) group, and polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene group. Can be used. Among these, it is preferable to use a polyoxyalkylene group having an oxyethylene unit in order to further improve the hydrophilicity.
  • the urethane resin (C) has a structure derived from the vinyl polymer (a1) in the side chain, and in the main chain of the urethane resin (C), a polyether polyol, a polyester polyol, a polyester ether polyol, and It is preferable to use one having a structure derived from one or more kinds of polyols (a2) selected from the group consisting of polycarbonate polyols, in order to impart further excellent adhesion, printability, and fine lineability, and is derived from polyester polyols. It is more preferable to use one having the structure of Specific examples of the structure derived from the polyol (a2) include a polyether structure, a polyester structure, a polyetherester structure, and a polycarbonate structure.
  • the structure derived from the polyol (a2) is preferably present in the range of 5% by mass to 80% by mass with respect to the total amount of the urethane resin (C).
  • the polyol (A) used in the production of the urethane resin (C) has two hydroxyl groups at one end for the purpose of introducing a vinyl polymer structure into the side chain of the urethane resin structure as the main chain.
  • Vinyl polymer (a1) is used.
  • the vinyl polymer (a1) having two hydroxyl groups at one end used for the production of the urethane resin (C) for example, various vinyl monomers are polymerized in the presence of a chain transfer agent having two hydroxyl groups. What is obtained by doing can be used. Specifically, the vinyl monomer (a1-2) is radically polymerized in the presence of a chain transfer agent (a1-1) having two hydroxyl groups, a mercapto group, and the like, and the vinyl ester is originated from the mercapto group. The thing which the monomer polymerized is mentioned.
  • the vinyl polymer (a1) having two hydroxyl groups at one end for example, radical polymerization of a vinyl monomer in the presence of a chain transfer agent having a carboxyl group and a mercapto group,
  • a polymer obtained by reacting the vinyl monomer with a compound having a hydroxyl group and a glycidyl group can be used.
  • the obtained vinyl polymer (a1) has two hydroxyl groups derived from the chain transfer agent at one end, the two hydroxyl groups react with an isocyanate group of the polyisocyanate (B) described later. By this, a urethane bond can be formed.
  • the vinyl polymer (a1) having two hydroxyl groups at one end facilitates viscosity control when reacting with the polyisocyanate (B), and provides better adhesion, printability, and fineness.
  • the vinyl polymer (a1) by imparting a hydrophilic group to the obtained urethane resin (C), from the viewpoint of imparting excellent storage stability to the resin composition for forming a receiving layer of the present invention.
  • a vinyl polymer having a hydrophilic group can also be used.
  • hydrophilic group an anionic group, a cationic group, or a nonionic group can be used.
  • hydrophilic group that may be present in the vinyl polymer (a1) any of an anionic group and a cationic group can be used. Either one or a combination of both is preferred.
  • a carboxyl group, a carboxylate group, a sulfonic acid group, a sulfonate group, and the like can be used. Among them, a part or all of the carboxyl group and the sulfonic acid group are formed by a basic compound or the like. It is preferable to use a neutralized carboxylate group or sulfonate group in order to impart good water dispersion stability.
  • a tertiary amino group can be used, and as the nonionic group, for example, a polyethylene oxide chain can be used.
  • the vinyl polymer (a1) has a vinyl polymer structure derived from the vinyl polymer (a1) other than the two hydroxyl groups at one end in introducing the side chain of the urethane resin (C). It is preferable that they have no other hydroxyl groups. Specifically, it is preferable not to use a vinyl monomer having a hydroxyl group as much as possible as the vinyl monomer (a1-2) that can be used in the production of the vinyl polymer (a1).
  • Examples of the chain transfer agent that can be used for the production of the vinyl polymer (a1) having two hydroxyl groups at one end include, for example, a chain transfer agent (a1-1) having two hydroxyl groups and a mercapto group, a carboxyl group, and the like. And a chain transfer agent having a mercapto group can be used. Among these, it is preferable to use a chain transfer agent (a1-1) having two hydroxyl groups and a mercapto group because the vinyl polymer (a1) can be easily produced.
  • Examples of the chain transfer agent (a1-1) having two hydroxyl groups and a mercapto group include 3-mercapto-1,2-propanediol (thioglycerin), 1-mercapto-1,1-methanediol, -Mercapto-1,1-ethanediol, 2-mercapto-1,3-propanediol, 2-mercapto-2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 2-mercapto-2-ethyl-1,3-propanediol 1-mercapto-2,3-propanediol, 2-mercaptoethyl-2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 2-mercaptoethyl-2-ethyl-1,3-propanediol, and the like can be used. . Of these, it is preferable to use 3-mercapto-1,2-propanediol because it has less odor, is excellent in terms of workability and safety, and is versatile
  • Examples of the vinyl monomer (a1-2) used for the production of the vinyl polymer (a1) include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-butyl (meth) acrylate, and i-butyl.
  • the vinyl monomer (a1-2) it is possible to use one containing at least one selected from the group consisting of the (meth) acrylic acid and the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester. It is preferable because the reaction can be easily controlled and production efficiency can be improved.
  • the polymerization reaction between the chain transfer agent (a1-1) having two hydroxyl groups and a mercapto group and the vinyl monomer (a1-2) is, for example, toluene or methyl ethyl ketone adjusted to a temperature of about 50 ° C. to 100 ° C. It can proceed by radically polymerizing the chain transfer agent (a1-1) and the vinyl monomer (a1-2) collectively or sequentially in a solvent such as the above. As a result, radical polymerization of the vinyl monomer (a1-2) proceeds from the mercapto group or the like of the chain transfer agent (a1-1), and the vinyl polymer (a1) having two hydroxyl groups at one end Can be manufactured.
  • a conventionally known polymerization initiator may be used as necessary.
  • the vinyl polymer (a1) having two hydroxyl groups at one end obtained by the above method is in the range of 1% by mass to 70% by mass with respect to the total mass of raw materials used for the production of the urethane resin (C). It is preferable to use in the range of 5% by mass to 50% by mass in order to impart further excellent adhesion, printability, and fine lineability.
  • the total mass of raw materials used for the production of the urethane resin (C) refers to the vinyl polymer (a1), and later-described polyol (a2) and other polyols (a3) that can be used as necessary.
  • the chain extender is used, the total of the polyol (A), the polyisocyanate (B), and the chain extender is used. Indicates mass. The same applies hereinafter.
  • a polyol (a2) which can be used for manufacture of the said urethane resin (C) 1 or more types chosen from the group which consists of a polyether polyol, a polyester polyol, a polyester ether polyol, and a polycarbonate polyol, for example can be used. . Among them, it is preferable to use a polyester polyol or a polycarbonate polyol in order to give even better adhesion, printability, and fine lineability.
  • polyether polyol for example, one obtained by addition polymerization of alkylene oxide using one or more compounds having two or more active hydrogen atoms as an initiator can be used.
  • the initiator examples include ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, propylene glycol, trimethylene glycol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, glycerin, trimethylolethane, Trimethylolpropane and the like can be used.
  • alkylene oxide for example, ethylene oxide, propylene oxide, butylene oxide, styrene oxide, epichlorohydrin, tetrahydrofuran, or the like can be used.
  • polyoxytetramethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, or polyethylene glycol as the polyether polyol in order to impart even better adhesion, printability, and fine lineability.
  • polyether polyol it is more preferable to use a polyether polyol having a number average molecular weight in the range of 1,000 to 3,000 in order to impart even more excellent adhesion, printability, and fineness. .
  • polyester polyol examples include a ring-opening polymerization reaction of a cyclic ester compound such as an aliphatic polyester polyol, an aromatic polyester polyol, or ⁇ -caprolactone obtained by esterifying a low molecular weight polyol and a polycarboxylic acid. Polyester obtained by the above, copolyesters thereof and the like can be used.
  • the low molecular weight polyol for example, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol and the like can be used.
  • polycarboxylic acid for example, succinic acid, adipic acid, sebacic acid, dodecanedicarboxylic acid, terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, phthalic acid, and anhydrides or esterified products thereof can be used.
  • polyester ether polyol for example, those obtained by reacting a polyether polyol obtained by adding the alkylene oxide to the initiator and a polycarboxylic acid can be used.
  • the initiator and the alkylene oxide the same ones exemplified as those usable when the polyether polyol is produced can be used.
  • said polycarboxylic acid the thing similar to what was illustrated as what can be used when manufacturing the said polyester polyol can be used.
  • polycarbonate polyol examples include those obtained by reacting a carbonate with a polyol, and those obtained by reacting phosgene with bisphenol A or the like.
  • carbonate ester for example, methyl carbonate, dimethyl carbonate, ethyl carbonate, diethyl carbonate, cyclocarbonate, diphenyl carbonate and the like can be used.
  • polyol that can react with the carbonate ester examples include ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, 1,2-propylene glycol, 1,3-propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,3-Butanediol, 1,2-butanediol, 2,3-butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 1,5-hexanediol, 2,5-hexanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 1,7-heptane Diol, 1,8-octanediol, 1,9-nonanediol, 1,10-decanediol, 1,11-undecanediol, 1,12-dodecanediol, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol, 2- Ethyl-1,3-hexanediol, 2-methyl-1,3-
  • polyol (a2) those having a number average molecular weight in the range of 500 to 10,000 are preferable in order to impart even better adhesion, printability, and fineness, and 1,000 to 3,000. It is more preferable to use one having a number average molecular weight in the range of
  • the polyol (a2) is preferably used in the range of 5% by mass to 80% by mass with respect to the total mass of raw materials used for the production of the urethane resin (C). Furthermore, it is preferable to use in the range of 15% by mass to 80% by mass in order to give even better adhesion, printability, and fine lineability.
  • the polyol (a2) is preferably used in combination with the vinyl polymer (a1) in a specific range in order to impart much more excellent adhesion, printability, and fine lineability.
  • [(a1 ) / (A2)] 1/20 to 20/1, more preferably 1/10 to 10/1.
  • polyol (A) used for manufacture of the said urethane resin (C) other polyol (a3) is used as needed besides the above-mentioned vinyl polymer (a1) and polyol (a2). be able to.
  • a polyol (a3-1) having a hydrophilic group can be used as the other polyol (a3).
  • the vinyl polymer (a1) having no hydrophilic group is used, the resulting urethane resin (C) is provided with water dispersibility, and is used for forming a receiving layer having excellent storage stability.
  • the polyol (a3-1) having the hydrophilic group it is preferable to use the polyol (a3-1) having the hydrophilic group.
  • polyol (a3-1) having a hydrophilic group those having a hydrophilic group can be used.
  • a polyol having an anionic group, a polyol having a cationic group, a polyol having a nonionic group it is preferable to use a polyol having an anionic group or a polyol having a cationic group.
  • polyol having an anionic group for example, a polyol having a carboxyl group or a polyol having a sulfonic acid group can be used.
  • polyol having a carboxyl group for example, 2,2-dimethylolpropionic acid, 2,2-dimethylolbutanoic acid, 2,2-dimethylolvaleric acid and the like can be used. Preference is given to using methylolpropionic acid.
  • polyester polyol which has a carboxyl group obtained by making the polyol which has the said carboxyl group react with various polycarboxylic acids can also be used.
  • polyol having a sulfonic acid group examples include dicarboxylic acids such as 5-sulfoisophthalic acid, sulfoterephthalic acid, 4-sulfophthalic acid, 5- (4-sulfophenoxy) isophthalic acid, and salts thereof, and the low molecular weight.
  • dicarboxylic acids such as 5-sulfoisophthalic acid, sulfoterephthalic acid, 4-sulfophthalic acid, 5- (4-sulfophenoxy) isophthalic acid, and salts thereof, and the low molecular weight.
  • a polyester polyol obtained by reacting with a polyol can be used.
  • polyol having a cationic group for example, a polyol having a tertiary amino group can be used. Specifically, N-methyl-diethanolamine, a compound having two epoxies in the molecule and a secondary amine can be used. A polyol obtained by reacting with can be used.
  • polyol having a nonionic group polyalkylene glycol having a structural unit derived from ethylene oxide can be used.
  • the polyol (a3-1) having a hydrophilic group is preferably used in the range of 1% by mass to 45% by mass with respect to the total mass of raw materials used for the production of the urethane resin (C).
  • Examples of the polyisocyanate (B) used in the production of the urethane resin (C) include 4,4′-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, 2,4′-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, carbodiimide-modified diphenylmethane diisocyanate, crude diphenylmethane diisocyanate, phenylene diisocyanate, Aromatic polyisocyanates such as tolylene diisocyanate and naphthalene diisocyanate; aliphatic polyisocyanates such as hexamethylene diisocyanate, lysine diisocyanate, cyclohexane diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate, dicyclohexylmethane diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate, tetramethylxylylene diisocyanate or alicyclic structures Having polyisocyanate It is possible to use the door.
  • an aliphatic polyisocyanate in order to prevent yellowing of the receiving layer, and in order to prevent peeling of the receiving layer in the plating step, a polyisocyanate having an aliphatic cyclic structure is used. It is preferable.
  • a chain extender is used as necessary for the purpose of making the molecular weight relatively high and further improving durability and the like. be able to.
  • chain extender polyamines, hydrazine compounds, other active hydrogen atom-containing compounds and the like can be used.
  • polyamine examples include ethylenediamine, 1,2-propanediamine, 1,6-hexamethylenediamine, piperazine, 2,5-dimethylpiperazine, isophoronediamine, 4,4'-dicyclohexylmethanediamine, 3,3'- Diamines such as dimethyl-4,4′-dicyclohexylmethanediamine, 1,4-cyclohexanediamine; N-hydroxymethylaminoethylamine, N-hydroxyethylaminoethylamine, N-hydroxypropylaminopropylamine, N-ethylaminoethylamine, N -Methylaminopropylamine; diethylenetriamine, dipropylenetriamine, triethylenetetramine and the like can be used.
  • hydrazine compound examples include hydrazine, N, N′-dimethylhydrazine, 1,6-hexamethylenebishydrazine; succinic acid dihydrazide, adipic acid dihydrazide, glutaric acid dihydrazide, sebacic acid dihydrazide, isophthalic acid dihydrazide; ⁇ -semicarbazide propion Acid hydrazide, 3-semicarbazide-propyl-carbazate, semicarbazide-3-semicarbazide methyl-3,5,5-trimethylcyclohexane can be used.
  • Examples of the other active hydrogen-containing compounds include ethylene glycol, diethylene recall, triethylene glycol, propylene glycol, 1,3-propanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, hexamethylene glycol, and saccharose.
  • Glycols such as methylene glycol, glycerin and sorbitol; phenols such as bisphenol A, 4,4′-dihydroxydiphenyl, 4,4′-dihydroxydiphenyl ether, 4,4′-dihydroxydiphenylsulfone, hydrogenated bisphenol A, hydroquinone, water Etc. can be used.
  • the chain extender is preferably used, for example, in such a range that the equivalent ratio of the amino group and excess isocyanate group of the polyamine is 1.9 or less (equivalent ratio), and 0.3 to 1 (equivalent ratio) It is more preferable to use in the range.
  • the urethane resin (C) is, for example, in the absence of a solvent or in the presence of an organic solvent, the vinyl polymer (a1) having two hydroxyl groups at one end, the polyol (a2) as necessary, and the necessity.
  • the polyol (A) containing the other polyol (a3) such as the polyol (a3-1) having the hydrophilic group, the polyisocyanate (B), and a chain extender described later if necessary.
  • the urethane resin (C) can be produced by reacting.
  • the reaction of the polyol (A) with the polyisocyanate (B) or the like is preferably from 50 ° C. to 120 ° C., more preferably from 80 ° C. to 100 ° C.
  • the reaction can be carried out by mixing the polyol (B) and the polyol (A) at a reaction temperature of 0 ° C. and reacting them for about 1 to 15 hours.
  • the equivalent ratio of the isocyanate group of the polyisocyanate (B) to the hydroxyl group of the polyol (A) is 0.8 to 2.5. Preferably, it is carried out in the range of 0.9 to 1.5.
  • Examples of the organic solvent that can be used in producing the urethane resin (C) include ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone; ethers such as tetrahydrofuran and dioxane; acetate esters such as ethyl acetate and butyl acetate; nitriles such as acetonitrile.
  • Amides such as dimethylformamide and N-methylpyrrolidone can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the urethane resin (C) produced by the above method can be made water-based by the following method.
  • Method 1 After neutralizing or quaternizing some or all of the hydrophilic groups of the urethane resin (C) obtained by reacting the polyol (A) with the polyisocyanate (B), the aqueous medium (D ) To disperse the urethane resin (C) in water.
  • Method 2 After neutralizing or quaternizing some or all of the hydrophilic groups of the urethane resin (C) obtained by reacting the polyol (A) with the polyisocyanate (B), the aqueous medium (D ) And if necessary, the urethane resin (C) is dispersed in water by chain extension using the chain extender.
  • Method 3 A urethane resin obtained by reacting the polyol (A) and the polyisocyanate (B) and, if necessary, the same chain extender as described above are charged into the reaction vessel in a batch or divided.
  • the urethane resin (C) is produced by chain extension reaction, and then a part or all of the hydrophilic groups in the obtained urethane resin (C) are neutralized or quaternized, and then the aqueous medium (D) is used.
  • a method to disperse and disperse in water is used.
  • an emulsifier may be used as necessary.
  • a machine such as a homogenizer may be used as necessary.
  • emulsifier examples include nonionic emulsifiers such as polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene styryl phenyl ether, polyoxyethylene sorbitol tetraoleate, and polyoxyethylene / polyoxypropylene copolymer.
  • nonionic emulsifiers such as polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene styryl phenyl ether, polyoxyethylene sorbitol tetraoleate, and polyoxyethylene / polyoxypropylene copolymer.
  • Fatty acid salts such as sodium oleate, alkyl sulfates, alkylbenzene sulfonates, alkyl sulfosuccinates, naphthalene sulfonates, polyoxyethylene alkyl sulfates, alkane sulfonate sodium salts, sodium alkyl diphenyl ether sulfonates, etc.
  • Anionic emulsifiers; cationic amines such as alkylamine salts, alkyltrimethylammonium salts, alkyldimethylbenzylammonium salts It is below.
  • the urethane resin (C) obtained by the above method has a printed material excellent in adhesion and printability, a conductive pattern excellent in fine line property and durability, and the like. Those having a weight average molecular weight in the range are preferably used, and those having a weight average molecular weight in the range of 20,000 to 120,000 are more preferably used.
  • the urethane resin (C) is preferably contained in an amount of 10% to 65% by mass, more preferably 10% to 35% by mass, based on the entire resin composition for forming a receiving layer of the present invention. preferable.
  • the urethane resin (C) obtained by the above method may have various functional groups as necessary, and examples of the functional group include crosslinks such as alkoxysilyl groups, silanol groups, hydroxyl groups, and amino groups. Sex functional group.
  • the crosslinkable functional group may be bonded to the main chain of the urethane resin (C), or may be bonded to the vinyl polymer (a1).
  • the alkoxysilyl group and silanol group can be introduced into the urethane resin (C) by using ⁇ -aminopropyltriethoxysilane or the like when the urethane resin (C) is produced.
  • crosslinkable functional group one that forms a crosslink structure by reacting with the crosslinkable functional groups or the crosslinker (G) described later by heating to approximately 100 ° C or higher, preferably 120 ° C or higher is used. be able to.
  • the receptor layer-forming resin composition containing the same is used.
  • the receiving layer constituting the receiving substrate obtained by applying to the substrate and drying or the like does not substantially form a crosslinked structure.
  • a crosslinking reaction can be formed by heating or the like to form a crosslinked structure.
  • a conductive pattern or the like such as a printed matter provided with can be formed.
  • the functional group capable of undergoing a cross-linking reaction by heating to 100 ° C. or higher, preferably 120 ° C. or higher, depends on the selection of the cross-linking agent (G) used in combination.
  • a cross-linking agent such as a blocked isocyanate compound is used.
  • a hydroxyl group or an amino group can be used.
  • the crosslinkable functional group is preferably contained in a total range of 0.005 equivalent / kg to 1.5 equivalent / kg with respect to the total amount of the urethane resin (C).
  • a solvent such as an aqueous medium (D) or an organic solvent, a resin, a crosslink as necessary. It may contain other compounds such as an agent (G), a filler, a pH adjuster, a film forming aid, a leveling agent, a thickener, a water repellent, and an antifoaming agent.
  • an agent (G) a filler, a pH adjuster, a film forming aid, a leveling agent, a thickener, a water repellent, and an antifoaming agent.
  • the aqueous medium (D) usable for the solvent include water, organic solvents miscible with water, and mixtures thereof.
  • Examples of the organic solvent miscible with water include alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, n-propanol and isopropanol; ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone; polyalkylene glycols such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol and propylene glycol; alkyl ethers of polyalkylene glycols And lactams such as N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone.
  • alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, n-propanol and isopropanol
  • ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone
  • polyalkylene glycols such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol and propylene glycol
  • lactams such as N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone.
  • only water may be used, a mixture of water and an organic solvent miscible with water may be used, or only an organic solvent miscible
  • the solvent such as the aqueous medium (D) is preferably contained in an amount of 30% by mass to 85% by mass and more preferably 60% by mass to 85% by mass with respect to the total amount of the resin composition for forming a receiving layer. preferable.
  • the resin that can be used for the other compounds is used to further improve the printability and fine lineability when using a fluid such as an aqueous pigment ink, a conductive ink, or a plating nucleating agent. It is preferable to do.
  • the resin examples include vinyl resins such as acrylic resins, urethane resins, urethane-vinyl composite resins, polyester resins, imide resins, epoxy resins, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, polyvinyl acetal, polyalkylene oxide, starch, methyl cellulose, and hydroxy cellulose.
  • vinyl resins such as acrylic resins, urethane resins, urethane-vinyl composite resins, polyester resins, imide resins, epoxy resins, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, polyvinyl acetal, polyalkylene oxide, starch, methyl cellulose, and hydroxy cellulose.
  • Cellulose derivatives such as hydroxypropylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, polyethyleneimine, polyamide, water-soluble resins having various quaternary ammonium bases, modified products thereof, and the like can be used.
  • a compound having a functional group capable of reacting with an isocyanate group generated by dissociation of the blocking agent by heating or the like can be used.
  • Relatively low molecular weight polyols such as hexamethylene glycol, saccharose, methylene glycol, glycerin, sorbitol, metal chelate compounds, polyamine compounds, aziridine compounds, metal salt compounds, etc.
  • Compounds that can react at low temperatures to form a crosslinked structure such as melamine compounds, epoxy compounds, oxazoline compounds, carbodiimide compounds, etc.
  • the compound capable of forming may be used.
  • crosslinking agent (G) examples include heat that can react at a relatively low temperature of about 25 ° C. to less than 100 ° C. to form a crosslinked structure, such as metal chelate compounds, polyamine compounds, aziridine compounds, metal salt compounds, and isocyanate compounds.
  • a cross-linked structure reacts at a relatively high temperature of approximately 100 ° C. or higher, such as one or more selected from the group consisting of a cross-linking agent (g1-1), a melamine compound, an epoxy compound, an oxazoline compound, a carbodiimide compound, and a blocked isocyanate compound.
  • a thermal crosslinking agent (g1-2) that can be formed and various photocrosslinking agents can be used.
  • a resin composition for forming a receiving layer containing the thermal crosslinking agent (g1-1) for example, it is applied to the surface of a support, dried at a relatively low temperature, and then printed using the fluid. After that, by forming a cross-linked structure by heating to a temperature of less than 100 ° C., it has excellent durability with a level that can prevent loss of conductive materials and pigments regardless of the influence of heat and external force over a long period of time. Can be formed.
  • the cross-linked structure is formed by heating at a temperature of, for example, 100 ° C. or higher, preferably 120 ° C. or higher.
  • the crosslinking agent (G) it is preferable to use the urethane resin (C) having a group capable of reacting with the crosslinkable functional group of the crosslinking agent (G).
  • the urethane resin (C) may have a hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group. preferable.
  • the crosslinking agent (G) varies depending on the type and the like, it is usually preferable to use in the range of 0.01% by mass to 60% by mass with respect to the total amount of the urethane resin (C), and 0.1% by mass It is more preferably used in the range of ⁇ 10% by mass, and the use in the range of 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass forms a receiving layer capable of forming a printed image with further excellent printability. In addition, it is preferable. In addition, even when forming a conductive pattern using conductive ink or the like, the level that can be used to realize higher density of electronic circuits or the like without causing bleeding of printed portions such as fine lines is much better. It is preferable because it can provide fine lineability and can further improve the adhesion between the receptor layer and the support.
  • the cross-linking agent (G) is preferably added and used before coating or impregnating the support layer-forming resin composition of the present invention on the support surface.
  • examples of the other compound that can be used in combination with the resin composition for forming a receiving layer of the present invention include various fillers such as inorganic particles.
  • the amount of the filler used is preferably as small as possible, and is 5% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition for forming a receiving layer of the present invention. More preferred.
  • the amount of the other compound used is preferably in the range of 0% by mass to 50% by mass, and in the range of 0% by mass to 30% by mass with respect to the solid content contained in the composition for forming the receiving layer. It is more preferable.
  • the urethane resin (C) constituting the receiving layer is appropriately dissolved by a solvent contained in a fluid such as ink and absorbs the solvent.
  • a solvent contained in a fluid such as ink
  • the composition for forming a receiving layer of the present invention can form a transparent receiving layer as compared with a conventionally known porous type receiving layer.
  • the receiving substrate of the present invention has a receiving layer formed by using the receiving layer forming composition on a part or all of the surfaces of various supports and on one or both sides of the support.
  • the receptor layer is a layer that absorbs a solvent in the fluid when the fluid contacts the surface of the receptor layer and carries a conductive substance or pigment on the surface of the receptor layer.
  • a pigment ink is used as the fluid, it is possible to form a highly clear printed matter without bleeding, and if a conductive ink is used as the fluid, a conductive pattern without bleeding.
  • a plating nucleating agent is used as the fluid, a laminated body in which the plating nuclei are uniformly supported on the surface of the receiving layer can be formed.
  • the receiving layer may be laminated on the support, but a part of the receiving layer may be impregnated in the support.
  • the receiving substrate of the present invention is a method in which the receiving layer-forming composition is applied to a part or all of one side or both sides of a support, and the aqueous medium (D) contained in the applied surface is volatilized or supported.
  • the body is a fiber substrate, it can be produced by a method of impregnating the support layer-forming composition into the support and volatilizing the aqueous medium (D).
  • the support examples include fine paper, coated paper, polyimide resin, polyamideimide resin, polyamide resin, polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polycarbonate, acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene (ABS), poly (meth) acrylate, and the like.
  • a support made of a metal such as a steel plate or copper can be used.
  • a base material made of synthetic fibers such as polyester fibers, polyamide fibers, and aramid fibers, natural fibers such as cotton and hemp can be used as the support.
  • the fibers may be processed in advance.
  • a method of applying or impregnating the composition for forming a receiving layer on the support known and conventional methods can be used, for example, gravure method, coating method, screen method, roller method, rotary method, spray method. Etc. can be applied.
  • the method for removing the solvent that may be contained in the composition after coating or impregnating the support layer-forming composition of the present invention on part or all of the surface of the support is not particularly limited.
  • a method of drying using a dryer is common.
  • the drying temperature may be set to a temperature that can volatilize the solvent and does not adversely affect the support.
  • the adhesion amount of the composition for forming a receiving layer on the support is 3 g / m 2 with respect to the area of the support from the viewpoint of maintaining a very high level of color developability and maintaining good production efficiency. It is preferably in the range of ⁇ 60 g / m 2 , and 20 g / m 2 to 40 g / m 2 is particularly preferred in consideration of the absorbability of the solvent contained in the fluid and the production cost.
  • the adhesion amount of the composition for forming a receiving layer on the support it is possible to further improve the color developability of the obtained printed matter.
  • the texture of the printed matter tends to be slightly harder as the adhesion amount increases, it is preferable to adjust appropriately according to the use purpose of the printed matter.
  • the receiving substrate of the present invention can form a printed image having excellent printability and water resistance without causing bleeding or cracking, it can be used for indoor and outdoor advertisements such as signboards, body advertisements, and banners. It can be used.
  • the fluid that can be used for printing on the receiving substrate has a viscosity measured by a B-type viscometer at approximately 25 ° C. of 0.1 mPa ⁇ s to 500,000 mPa ⁇ s, preferably 0.5 mPa ⁇ s to 10, A liquid or viscous liquid having a viscosity of 000 mPa ⁇ s, in which a conductive substance, a pigment, or the like is dispersed in a solvent.
  • the fluid include printing inks such as conductive inks and pigment inks, and plating nucleating agents that may be used when plating is performed.
  • Examples of the fluid include an aqueous pigment ink in which a pigment is dispersed in an aqueous medium.
  • aqueous medium only water or a mixed solution of water and a water-soluble solvent may be used.
  • water-soluble solvent include alcohols such as methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbitol, ethyl cellosolve, and butyl cellosolve, and polar solvents such as N-methylpyrrolidone.
  • Examples of the pigment that can be dispersed or dissolved in the aqueous medium include quinacridone pigments, anthraquinone pigments, perylene pigments, perinone pigments, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, isoindolinone pigments, condensed azo pigments, Benzimidazolone pigments, monoazo pigments, insoluble azo pigments, naphthol pigments, flavanthrone pigments, anthrapyrimidine pigments, quinophthalone pigments, pyranthrone pigments, pyrazolone pigments, thioindigo pigments, anthanthrone pigments, Organic pigments such as dioxazine pigments, phthalocyanine pigments, and indanthrone; metal complexes such as nickel dioxin yellow and copper azomethine yellow; metal oxides such as titanium oxide, iron oxide, and zinc oxide, barium sulfate, calcium carbonate, etc.
  • Metal salt, carbon black, clouds Inorganic pigments etc., fine metal powder such as aluminum, mica fine powder and the like can be used.
  • the pigment is preferably used in an amount of 0.5 to 15% by mass, more preferably 1 to 10% by mass, based on the total amount of the aqueous pigment ink.
  • a solvent-based pigment ink in which a pigment or the like is dissolved or dispersed in a solvent composed of an organic solvent can also be used.
  • organic solvent for example, alcohol, ether, ester, ketone and the like having a boiling point of 100 to 250 ° C., preferably having a boiling point of 120 to 220, are used from the viewpoint of preventing drying and clogging of the inkjet head. More preferred is one at ° C.
  • ethylene glycol for example, ethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol and the like can be used.
  • ethers include ethylene glycol mono (methyl, ethyl, butyl, phenyl, benzyl, ethylhexyl) ether, ethylene glycol di (methyl, ethyl, butyl) ether, diethylene glycol mono (methyl, ethyl, butyl) ether, diethylene glycol di ( Methyl, ethyl, butyl) ether, tetraethylene glycol mono (methyl, ethyl, butyl) ether, tetraethylene glycol di (methyl, ethyl, butyl) ether, propylene glycol mono (methyl, ethyl, butyl) ether, dipropylene glycol mono (Methyl, ethyl) ether, tripropylene glycol monomethyl ether and the like can be used.
  • esters include ethylene glycol mono (methyl, ethyl, butyl) ether acetate, ethylene glycol di (methyl, ethyl, butyl) ether acetate, diethylene glycol mono (methyl, ethyl, butyl) ether acetate, diethylene glycol di (methyl, ethyl) , Butyl) ether acetate, propylene glycol mono (methyl, ethyl, butyl) ether acetate, dipropylene glycol mono (methyl, ethyl) ether acetate, tripropylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 2- (methoxy, ethoxy, butoxy) ethyl acetate, Examples include 2-ethylhexyl acetate, dimethyl phthalate, diethyl phthalate, and butyl lactate. Examples of ketones include cyclohexanone.
  • diethylene glycol diethyl ether tetraethylene glycol monobutyl ether, tetraethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate are preferably used.
  • the same pigments exemplified as those usable in the aqueous pigment ink can be used.
  • the receiving substrate of the present invention can be suitably used particularly when printing is performed using a solvent-based pigment ink among the pigment inks composed of the water-based pigment ink and the solvent-based pigment ink.
  • Various printing methods can be applied as a method for printing on the receiving substrate of the present invention using the pigment ink, but it is preferable to employ an inkjet printing method, a screen printing method, a letterpress reverse printing method, or a gravure offset printing method. .
  • the receiving substrate of the present invention has excellent printability for conductive ink containing a conductive substance as the fluid, and is required when forming a conductive pattern such as an electronic circuit, for example. It is possible to print fine lines having a width of about 0.01 ⁇ m to 200 ⁇ m, preferably about 0.01 ⁇ m to 150 ⁇ m without causing bleeding (thin lineability). Therefore, the receiving substrate of the present invention is formed of an electronic circuit using silver ink or the like, an organic solar cell, an electronic book terminal, an organic EL, an organic transistor, a flexible printed circuit board, an RFID or the like, and each layer or peripheral wiring. In addition, it can be suitably used in a new field generally referred to as a printed electronics field, such as manufacturing of an electromagnetic shielding wire for a plasma display.
  • a printed electronics field such as manufacturing of an electromagnetic shielding wire for a plasma display.
  • the receiving substrate (conductive ink receiving substrate) of the present invention that can be used for forming the conductive pattern is similar to the above in that the receiving layer-forming composition is formed on part or all of the surface of various supports. It has a receiving layer formed using.
  • the receptor layer may be laminated on a support, but a part of the receptor layer may be impregnated in the support.
  • the said receiving layer may be provided in either the single side
  • the composition for forming a receiving layer is applied to and impregnated part or all of one side or both sides of a support, and then contained in the composition for forming a conductive receiving layer. It can be manufactured by removing the medium (B).
  • Examples of the support suitable for laminating the receptor layer in producing the conductive pattern include polyimide resin, polyamideimide resin, polyamide resin, polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polycarbonate, acrylonitrile-butadiene- Acrylic resins such as styrene (ABS) and poly (meth) methyl acrylate, polyvinylidene fluoride, polyvinyl chloride, polyvinylidene chloride, polyvinyl alcohol, polycarbonate, polyethylene, polypropylene, urethane resin, cellulose nanofiber, silicon, ceramics, glass Etc., a porous support made of them, a support made of a metal such as a steel plate or copper, and the like can be used.
  • the support generally used as a support in forming a conductive pattern such as a circuit board, from polyimide resin, polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, glass, cellulose nanofiber, etc. It is preferable to use a support.
  • substrates made of polyimide resin, polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polycarbonate, acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene (ABS), acrylic resin, glass, etc. are generally difficult to adhere, so resins, etc. Is often difficult to adhere.
  • the support when used for applications that require flexibility, it is possible to use a material that is relatively flexible and capable of being bent. It is preferable for obtaining a final product. Specifically, it is preferable to use a film or sheet-like support formed by uniaxial stretching or the like.
  • the film or sheet-like support examples include a polyethylene terephthalate film, a polyimide film, and a polyethylene naphthalate film.
  • a known and commonly used method can be used, for example, gravure method, coating method, screen method, roller method.
  • a rotary method, a spray method, an ink jet method, or the like can be applied.
  • the method for removing the aqueous medium (D) that can be contained in the composition after coating or impregnating the support layer-forming composition of the present invention on part or all of the surface of the support is particularly limited.
  • a method of drying using a dryer is common.
  • the drying temperature may be set to a temperature that can volatilize the solvent and does not adversely affect the support.
  • the amount of the composition for forming the receiving layer on the surface of the support is determined based on the area of the support in consideration of the amount of the solvent contained in the fluid such as conductive ink and the thickness of the conductive pattern.
  • the resin solid content is preferably in the range of 0.01 g / m 2 to 20 g / m 2 , taking into account the absorbability of the solvent in the fluid and the production cost, 0.01 g / m 2 to 10 g / m. 2 is particularly preferred.
  • the fine-line property of a receiving base material can be improved further by increasing the adhesion amount of the said composition for receiving layer formation to the support body surface.
  • the texture of the receiving base material tends to be slightly hard.
  • the texture is generally 0.02 g / m 2. It is preferable to make it relatively thin, about ⁇ 10 g / m 2 .
  • it may be used in such a mode that it becomes a relatively thick film of about 10 g / m 2 to 100 g / m 2 . ⁇ The lower limit of film thickness has been changed.
  • the receiving substrate of the present invention obtained by the above method can be suitably used even when a conductive ink is used as the fluid.
  • a conductive ink for example, in the printed electronics field described above, it is suitable only for the formation of a conductive pattern or the like.
  • the receiving substrate and the circuit forming substrate can be printed using conductive ink as the fluid. Specifically, printing is carried out using a conductive ink on the receiving layer constituting the receiving substrate, and then a baking step is performed, for example, in the conductive ink on the receiving substrate. A conductive pattern made of a conductive material made of a metal such as silver can be formed.
  • the viscosity measured by a B-type viscometer at about 25 ° C. is about 0.1 mPa ⁇ s to 500,000 mPa ⁇ s, preferably about 0.
  • the fluid is printed by an inkjet printing method, it is preferable to use a fluid having a viscosity range of 0.5 mPa ⁇ s to 10000 mPa ⁇ s.
  • the conductive ink for example, an ink containing a conductive substance, a solvent, and, if necessary, an additive such as a dispersant can be used.
  • a transition metal or a compound thereof can be used as the conductive substance.
  • an ionic transition metal for example, it is preferable to use a transition metal such as copper, silver, gold, nickel, palladium, platinum, cobalt, and to use silver, gold, copper, or the like. It is more preferable because a conductive pattern having low electric resistance and strong against corrosion can be formed.
  • the conductive material it is preferable to use a particulate material having an average particle diameter of about 1 nm to 50 nm.
  • the said average particle diameter means a center particle diameter (D50), and shows the value at the time of measuring with a laser diffraction scattering type particle size distribution measuring apparatus.
  • the conductive substance such as metal is preferably contained in the range of 10% by mass to 60% by mass with respect to the total amount of the conductive ink.
  • the solvent used for the conductive ink various organic solvents and an aqueous medium such as water can be used.
  • the receiving substrate of the present invention can be suitably used when a solvent-based conductive ink is used.
  • a solvent-based conductive ink mainly containing an organic solvent as the solvent of the conductive ink an aqueous conductive ink mainly containing water as the solvent, and a conductive material containing both the organic solvent and water.
  • Ink can be appropriately selected and used.
  • the conductive ink containing both the organic solvent and water as the solvent of the conductive ink, and the main solvent as the solvent of the conductive ink it is preferable to use a solvent-based conductive ink containing an organic solvent, and it is more preferable to use a solvent-based conductive ink mainly containing an organic solvent as a solvent for the conductive ink.
  • the receiving layer of the receiving substrate of the present invention can be used exclusively in combination with a conductive ink containing a polar solvent as the organic solvent, which can cause bleeding and reduced adhesion, etc., caused by the polar solvent.
  • a conductive ink containing a polar solvent as the organic solvent which can cause bleeding and reduced adhesion, etc., caused by the polar solvent.
  • This is preferable because it can be sufficiently prevented and a level of fineness that can be used for realizing higher density of electronic circuits and the like can be realized.
  • Examples of the solvent used in the solvent-based conductive ink include methanol, n-propanol, isopropyl alcohol, n-butanol, isobutyl alcohol, sec-butanol, tert-butanol, heptanol, hexanol, octanol, nonanol, decanol, and undecanol.
  • polar solvents use of a solvent having a hydroxyl group prevents bleeding and fine lineability of a conductive pattern and the like, and lack of a conductive substance contained in the conductive ink from the surface of the receiving layer. It is preferable for preventing the above.
  • the solvent-based conductive ink can be used in combination with a ketone-based solvent such as acetone, cyclohexanone, methyl ethyl ketone, etc., for adjusting physical properties.
  • ester solvents such as ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methoxy-3-methyl-butyl acetate, hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene, especially hydrocarbon solvents having 8 or more carbon atoms
  • nonpolar solvents such as octane, nonane, decane, dodecane, tridecane, tetradecane, cyclooctane, xylene, mesitylene, ethylbenzene, dodecylbenzene, tetralin, and trimethylbenzenecyclohexane can be used in combination as necessary.
  • solvents such as mineral spirits and solvent naphtha, which
  • the receiving layer formed using the composition for forming a receiving layer of the present invention is preferably used in combination with a conductive ink containing a polar solvent, the nonpolar solvent is contained in the conductive ink. More preferably, it is 0% by mass to 40% by mass with respect to the total amount of the solvent contained in.
  • aqueous medium that can be used as the solvent of the conductive ink
  • water alone may be used, or a mixed solution of water and a water-soluble solvent may be used.
  • water-soluble solvent include alcohols such as methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbitol, ethyl cellosolve, butyl cellosolve, and polar solvents such as N-methylpyrrolidone. It is preferable in terms of preventing the fine line property and the loss of the conductive substance contained in the conductive ink from the surface of the receiving layer.
  • the solvent contained in the conductive ink is preferably contained in the range of 40% by mass to 90% by mass with respect to the total amount of the conductive ink.
  • the polar solvent is preferably contained in an amount of 40% by mass to 100% by mass with respect to the total amount of the solvent.
  • various additives can be used as necessary for the conductive ink.
  • a dispersant can be used from the viewpoint of improving dispersibility of the metal in the solvent.
  • the dispersant examples include amine-based polymer dispersants such as polyethyleneimine and polyvinylpyrrolidone, hydrocarbon-based polymer dispersants having a carboxylic acid group in the molecule such as polyacrylic acid and carboxymethylcellulose, and polyvinyl alcohol.
  • a polymer dispersant having a polar group such as a styrene-maleic acid copolymer, an olefin-maleic acid copolymer, or a copolymer having a polyethyleneimine moiety and a polyethylene oxide moiety in one molecule.
  • the polyvinyl alcohol may be used as a dispersant even when a solvent-based conductive ink is used.
  • Examples of a method for printing on the receiving substrate using the conductive ink include, for example, an ink jet printing method, a screen printing method, a letterpress reverse printing method or a gravure offset printing method, an offset printing method, a spin coating method, and a spray coating method. , Bar coating method, die coating method, slit coating method, roll coating method, dip coating method and the like.
  • an ink jet printer As the ink jet printing method, what is generally called an ink jet printer can be used. Specific examples include Konica Minolta EB100, XY100 (manufactured by Konica Minolta IJ Co., Ltd.), Dimatics Material Printer DMP-3000, Dimatics Material Printer DMP-2831 (manufactured by Fuji Film Co., Ltd.), and the like.
  • the screen printing method is a method in which a conductive ink is applied to the surface of the receiving layer by using a mesh-shaped screen plate.
  • a conductive pattern having a predetermined pattern shape can be formed by printing a conductive pattern in a predetermined pattern shape using a metal screen plate generally called a metal mesh.
  • the letterpress reverse printing method is a method in which a conductive ink is applied on a blanket to form a conductive ink application surface and transferred to the receiving layer.
  • conductive ink is applied on the blanket to form a layer made of conductive ink.
  • the conductive ink contacting the relief plate is transferred from the blanket onto the relief plate surface by pressing a relief plate provided with a plate corresponding to a predetermined pattern shape as necessary to the layer made of the conductive ink. Is done.
  • the conductive ink remaining on the blanket is transferred to the surface of the receiving layer by bringing the blanket into contact with the receiving layer.
  • a conductive pattern having a predetermined pattern can be formed.
  • the gravure offset printing method for example, after supplying conductive ink to a groove portion of an intaglio printing plate having a predetermined pattern shape, the conductive ink is applied onto the blanket by pressing the blanket on the surface thereof. And then transferring the conductive ink on the blanket to the receiving layer.
  • the intaglio printing plate for example, a gravure plate, a glass intaglio plate formed by etching a glass plate, or the like can be used.
  • a blanket having a multilayer structure including a silicone rubber layer, a polyethylene terephthalate layer, a sponge-like layer, etc. can be used.
  • a blanket wrapped around a rigid cylinder is used. To do.
  • Conductivity can be imparted to the printed matter that has been printed on the receiving substrate by the above-described method by closely contacting and joining the conductive substances contained in the conductive ink.
  • the firing is preferably performed in the range of approximately 80 ° C. to 300 ° C. for approximately 2 minutes to 200 minutes.
  • the firing may be performed in the air, but from the viewpoint of preventing oxidation of the metal, part or all of the firing step may be performed in a reducing atmosphere.
  • the firing step can be performed using, for example, an oven, a hot air drying furnace, an infrared drying furnace, laser irradiation, flash lamp irradiation, microwave, or the like.
  • the firing temperature is preferably in the range of approximately 80 ° C. to 300 ° C., more preferably 100 ° C. to 300 ° C., and particularly preferably 120 ° C. to 300 ° C.
  • the upper limit of the temperature is preferably 200 ° C. or lower, more preferably 150 ° C. or lower.
  • the conductive pattern is formed by the metal contained in the conductive ink on the surface of the printed matter obtained through the baking step.
  • Such a conductive pattern can be used for circuit boards and integrated circuit boards for various electric products.
  • the conductive pattern was plated with a metal such as copper in order to form a highly reliable wiring pattern capable of maintaining good electrical conductivity without causing disconnection or the like over a long period of time. Things can be used.
  • a part of or the entire surface of the support has a receptor layer formed by using the receptor layer forming composition, and one surface of the receptor layer is formed.
  • the plating nucleus is supported on a part or all by applying a plating nucleating agent, and after passing through a firing step or the like, if necessary, electrolytic plating treatment, electroless plating treatment, or further electrolysis after the electroless plating treatment What has a plating film formed by performing a plating process is mentioned.
  • plating nucleating agent one corresponding to the conductive ink exemplified as the fluid can be used.
  • a plating nucleus specifically, a conductive material dispersed in a solvent is used. Can do.
  • Examples of the conductive material used for the plating nucleating agent include metal particles such as those exemplified as the conductive material usable for the conductive ink, and oxides of the metal and those whose surface is coated with an organic substance. More than one type can be used.
  • the metal oxide is usually in an inactive (insulating) state, but it can be exposed to the metal and treated with a reducing agent such as dimethylaminoborane to impart activity (conductivity). It becomes.
  • examples of the metal whose surface is coated with the organic substance include those in which a metal is contained in resin particles (organic substance) formed by an emulsion polymerization method or the like. These are usually in an inactive (insulating) state, but by removing the organic substance using, for example, a laser or the like, it becomes possible to expose the metal and impart activity (conductivity).
  • the conductive substance contained in the plating nucleating agent preferably has an average particle diameter in the range of about 10 nm to 1000 nm.
  • the same solvents as those exemplified as the solvent such as an aqueous medium and an organic solvent usable for the conductive ink can be used.
  • the electroless plating treatment step for example, a metal such as copper contained in the electroless plating solution by bringing the electroless plating solution into contact with the surface of a receiving substrate on which a plating nucleus such as palladium or silver is supported.
  • a metal such as copper contained in the electroless plating solution by bringing the electroless plating solution into contact with the surface of a receiving substrate on which a plating nucleus such as palladium or silver is supported.
  • a plating nucleus such as palladium or silver
  • a material containing a conductive substance made of a metal such as copper, nickel, chromium, cobalt, or tin, a reducing agent, and a solvent such as an aqueous medium or an organic solvent may be used. it can.
  • reducing agent for example, dimethylaminoborane, hypophosphorous acid, sodium hypophosphite, dimethylamine borane, hydrazine, formaldehyde, sodium borohydride, phenols and the like can be used.
  • monocarboxylic acids such as acetic acid and formic acid
  • dicarboxylic acids such as malonic acid, succinic acid, adipic acid, maleic acid and fumaric acid
  • malic acid lactic acid and glycolic acid Hydroxycarboxylic acids such as gluconic acid and citric acid
  • amino acids such as glycine, alanine, iminodiacetic acid, arginine, aspartic acid, and glutamic acid
  • aminopoly acids such as iminodiacetic acid, nitrilotriacetic acid, ethylenediaminediacetic acid, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, and diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid
  • complexing agents such as organic acids such as carboxylic acids, soluble salts of these organic acids (sodium salts, potassium salts, ammonium salts, etc.), amines such as ethylenediamine, diethylenetriamine, and triethylenete
  • the temperature of the electroless plating solution when the electroless plating solution is brought into contact with the surface of the receiving substrate on which the plating nucleus in the plating nucleating agent is supported is generally in the range of 20 ° C. to 98 ° C. preferable.
  • the electrolytic plating treatment step may be performed by applying an electrolytic plating solution to the surface (x) of the receiving substrate on which the plating nucleus is supported or the surface (y) of the electroless plating film formed by the electroless treatment, for example.
  • an electrolytic plating solution By energizing in the state of contact, a metal such as copper contained in the electrolytic plating solution can be used for the surface (x) of the receiving base placed on the negative electrode or the electroless plating film formed by the electroless treatment. It is a step of depositing on the surface (y) to form an electrolytic plating film (metal film).
  • a solution containing a conductive substance made of a metal such as copper, nickel, chromium, cobalt, tin, sulfuric acid, and an aqueous medium can be used.
  • the temperature of the electrolytic plating solution when the electrolytic plating solution is brought into contact with the surface of the receiving substrate on which the plating nucleus in the plating nucleating agent is supported is preferably in the range of about 20 ° C to 98 ° C.
  • a strong acid or strong alkaline plating solution as described above is often used. Therefore, in a normal receiving substrate, the receiving layer is affected, It often causes peeling of the receiving layer from the support.
  • the receptor layer is peeled off from the support in the plating treatment step for the cross-linked structure formed in the receiving layer. Will not cause.
  • the support is made of a polyimide resin or the like, it does not cause peeling of the receiving layer, and therefore can be used very suitably for the production of the conductive pattern.
  • the conductive pattern as described above is, for example, the formation of an electronic circuit using silver ink or the like, the formation of a peripheral wiring constituting an organic solar cell, an electronic book terminal, an organic EL, an organic transistor, a flexible printed board, an RFID, etc. It can be suitably used for forming a conductive pattern, more specifically, a circuit board when manufacturing an electromagnetic wave shield for a plasma display.
  • the conductive pattern obtained by the above method after printing using a fluid such as conductive ink or plating nucleating agent, the conductive pattern obtained by forming a crosslinked structure in the receiving layer, Silver ink, etc., because it can provide excellent durability at a level that can maintain good electrical conductivity without causing peeling of the receptor layer from the support, etc., even after undergoing a plating process
  • the wirings of the electromagnetic wave shield, etc. it can be suitably used for applications that require particularly durability.
  • a copper-clad laminate is generally used.
  • CCL Copper Clad Laminate
  • FPC flexible printed circuit board
  • TAB automatic tape bonding
  • COF chip-on-film
  • PWB printed wiring board
  • Preparation Example 1 Preparation of vinyl polymer (a1-1) having two hydroxyl groups at one end In a four-necked flask equipped with a thermometer, stirrer, reflux condenser and nitrogen inlet tube, 700 parts by mass of methyl ethyl ketone Then, 291 parts by weight of methyl methacrylate, 8.7 parts by weight of 3-mercapto-1,2-propanediol, and 0.15 parts by weight of 2,2′-azobis (2-methylpropionitrile) are charged into the reaction vessel. To give a solvent solution of a vinyl polymer (a1-1) having two hydroxyl groups at one end having a number average molecular weight of 3,000.
  • Preparation Example 2 Preparation of vinyl polymer (a1-2) having two hydroxyl groups at one end In a four-necked flask equipped with a thermometer, stirrer, reflux condenser and nitrogen inlet tube, 700 parts by mass of methyl ethyl ketone Then, 297 parts by mass of methyl methacrylate, 3 parts by mass of 3-mercapto-1,2-propanediol and 0.15 parts by mass of 2,2′-azobis (2-methylpropionitrile) are fed into the reaction vessel. Then, a solvent solution of a vinyl polymer (a1-2) having two hydroxyl groups at one end with a number average molecular weight of 12,000 was obtained.
  • Example 1 In a nitrogen-substituted container equipped with a thermometer, a nitrogen gas inlet tube, and a stirrer, 286 parts by mass of the solvent solution of the vinyl polymer (a1-1) obtained in Preparation Example 1, neopentyl glycol and 1, 93 parts by mass of a polyester polyol (number average molecular weight 2,000) obtained by reacting 6-hexanediol with adipic acid, 35 parts by mass of 2,2-dimethylolpropionic acid and 86 parts by mass of dicyclohexylmethane diisocyanate were added to an organic solvent.
  • a polyester polyol number average molecular weight 2,000
  • the reaction was carried out at 80 ° C. for 10 hours in the presence of 84 parts by mass of methyl ethyl ketone.
  • the aqueous dispersion of the urethane resin was desolvated, and further adjusted by adding water so that the non-volatile content was 25% by mass, thereby obtaining the receiving layer forming resin composition of the present invention.
  • Example 2 In a nitrogen-substituted container equipped with a thermometer, a nitrogen gas inlet tube, and a stirrer, 286 parts by mass of the solvent solution of the vinyl polymer (a1-2) obtained in Preparation Example 2, neopentyl glycol and 1, 96 parts by mass of a polyester polyol (number average molecular weight 2,000) obtained by reacting 6-hexanediol and adipic acid, 35 parts by mass of 2,2-dimethylolpropionic acid and 84 parts by mass of dicyclohexylmethane diisocyanate are mixed with an organic solvent. In the presence of 84 parts by mass of methyl ethyl ketone, the reaction was carried out at 80 ° C. for 10 hours to obtain an organic solvent solution of urethane resin having a weight average molecular weight of 46,000.
  • the aqueous dispersion of the urethane resin was desolvated, and further adjusted by adding water so that the non-volatile content was 25% by mass, thereby obtaining the receiving layer forming resin composition of the present invention.
  • Example 3 In a nitrogen-substituted container equipped with a thermometer, a nitrogen gas inlet tube, and a stirrer, 10 parts by mass of the solvent solution of the vinyl polymer (a1-1) obtained in Preparation Example 1, neopentyl glycol and 1, 172 parts by mass of polyester polyol (number average molecular weight 2,000) obtained by reacting 6-hexanediol and adipic acid, 35 parts by mass of 2,2-dimethylolpropionic acid and 91 parts by mass of dicyclohexylmethane diisocyanate was reacted for 10 hours at 80 ° C. in the presence of 277 parts by mass of methyl ethyl ketone as an organic solvent solution of urethane resin having a weight average molecular weight of 46,000.
  • the aqueous dispersion of the urethane resin was desolvated, and further adjusted by adding water so that the non-volatile content was 25% by mass, thereby obtaining the receiving layer forming resin composition of the present invention.
  • Example 4 In a nitrogen-substituted container equipped with a thermometer, a nitrogen gas inlet tube, and a stirrer, 571 parts by mass of the solvent solution of the vinyl polymer (a1-1) obtained in Preparation Example 1, neopentyl glycol and 1, 11 parts by mass of a polyester polyol (number average molecular weight 2,000) obtained by reacting 6-hexanediol and adipic acid, 35 parts by mass of 2,2-dimethylolpropionic acid, and 82 parts by mass of dicyclohexylmethane diisocyanate were mixed at 80 ° C. Was reacted for 10 hours to obtain an organic solvent solution of urethane resin having a weight average molecular weight of 44,000.
  • the aqueous dispersion of the urethane resin was desolvated, and further adjusted by adding water so that the non-volatile content was 25% by mass, thereby obtaining the receiving layer forming resin composition of the present invention.
  • Example 5 In a nitrogen-substituted container equipped with a thermometer, a nitrogen gas inlet tube, and a stirrer, 286 parts by mass of the solvent solution of the vinyl polymer (a1-1) obtained in Preparation Example 1 and 1,6-hexanediol Methyl ethyl ketone 84 as an organic solvent was obtained by reacting 93 parts by weight of polycarbonate polyol (number average molecular weight 2,000), 35 parts by weight of 2,2-dimethylolpropionic acid and 86 parts by weight of dicyclohexylmethane diisocyanate. By reacting at 80 ° C. for 10 hours in the presence of part by mass, an organic solvent solution of urethane resin having a weight average molecular weight of 45,000 was obtained.
  • Example 6 In a nitrogen-substituted container equipped with a thermometer, a nitrogen gas inlet tube, and a stirrer, 296 parts by mass of the solvent solution of the vinyl polymer (a1-1) obtained in Preparation Example 1, neopentyl glycol and 1, 156 parts by mass of a polyester polyol (number average molecular weight 2,000) obtained by reacting 6-hexanediol and adipic acid, 11 parts by mass of 2,2-dimethylolpropionic acid, and 49 parts by mass of dicyclohexylmethane diisocyanate are mixed with an organic solvent.
  • an organic solvent solution of urethane resin having a weight average molecular weight of 45,000 the reaction was carried out at 80 ° C. for 10 hours in the presence of 87 parts by mass of methyl ethyl ketone.
  • the aqueous dispersion of the urethane resin was desolvated, and further adjusted by adding water so that the non-volatile content was 25% by mass, thereby obtaining the receiving layer forming resin composition of the present invention.
  • Example 7 In a nitrogen-substituted container equipped with a thermometer, a nitrogen gas inlet tube, and a stirrer, 286 parts by mass of the solvent solution of the vinyl polymer (a1-1) obtained in Preparation Example 1, neopentyl glycol and 1, 93 parts by mass of a polyester polyol (number average molecular weight 2,000) obtained by reacting 6-hexanediol with adipic acid, 35 parts by mass of 2,2-dimethylolpropionic acid and 86 parts by mass of dicyclohexylmethane diisocyanate were added to an organic solvent. In the presence of 84 parts by mass of methyl ethyl ketone as an organic solvent solution of urethane resin having a weight average molecular weight of 100,000.
  • Example 8 In a nitrogen-substituted container equipped with a thermometer, a nitrogen gas introduction tube, and a stirrer, 286 parts by mass of the solvent solution of the vinyl polymer (a1-1) obtained in Preparation Example 1 and polyoxytetramethylene glycol ( Number average molecular weight 2,000) 93 parts by mass, 2,2-dimethylolpropionic acid 35 parts by mass and isophorone diisocyanate 72 parts by mass in the presence of 84 parts by mass of methyl ethyl ketone as an organic solvent at 80 ° C. for 10 hours.
  • an organic solvent solution of urethane resin having a weight average molecular weight of 45,000 was obtained.
  • the aqueous dispersion of the urethane resin was desolvated, and further adjusted by adding water so that the non-volatile content was 25% by mass, thereby obtaining the receiving layer forming resin composition of the present invention.
  • Polyester polyol (number average molecular weight 2,000) obtained by reacting neopentyl glycol, 1,6-hexanediol and adipic acid in a nitrogen-substituted container equipped with a thermometer, a nitrogen gas introduction tube, and a stirrer ) 174 parts by mass, 35 parts by mass of 2,2-dimethylolpropionic acid and 91 parts by mass of dicyclohexylmethane diisocyanate were reacted at 80 ° C. for 10 hours in the presence of 284 parts by mass of methyl ethyl ketone as an organic solvent. Obtained an organic solvent solution of 46,000 urethane resin.
  • the aqueous dispersion of the urethane resin was desolvated, and water was added to adjust the non-volatile content to 25% by mass to obtain a resin composition for forming a receiving layer.
  • Example 2 The same as Example 1 except that 286 parts by mass of the solvent solution of the vinyl polymer (a1-3) obtained in Comparative Preparation Example 3 was used instead of the solvent solution of the vinyl polymer (a1-1). Thus, a resin composition for forming a receiving layer having a nonvolatile content of 25% by mass was obtained.
  • PET1 polyester polyol obtained by reacting neopentyl glycol, 1,6-hexanediol and adipic acid (number average molecular weight 2,000)
  • PTMG polyoxytetramethylene glycol (number average molecular weight 2,000)
  • DMPA 2,2-dimethylolpropionic acid
  • HMDI 2,2-dimethylolpropionic acid
  • IPDI dicyclohexylmethane diisocyanate
  • PC isophorone diisocyanate
  • PC polycarbonate polyol obtained by reacting 1,6-hexanediol and methyl carbonate
  • the resin composition for forming a receiving layer obtained in Example 1 was provided with a bar coater on the surfaces of three types of supports shown in the following (i) to (iii) so that the dry film thickness was 3 ⁇ m. Each was used for coating, and dried at 70 ° C. for 3 minutes using a hot air drier, thereby preparing three types of receiving substrates each having a receiving layer formed on each support.
  • the resin composition for forming a receiving layer obtained in Example 1 the resin composition for forming a receiving layer obtained in Examples 2 to 8 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2 was used.
  • three types of receiving substrates with different supports were prepared per type of the resin composition for forming the receiving layer.
  • a cellophane adhesive tape (manufactured by Nichiban Co., Ltd., CT405AP-24, 24 mm) is pressure-bonded to the surface (on the receiving layer) of each receiving substrate before printing, and then the cellophane adhesive tape is attached to the receiving substrate. Peeling in the direction of 90 degrees with respect to the surface. The adhesive surface of the peeled cellophane adhesive tape was visually observed, and the adhesiveness was evaluated based on the presence or absence of the adhering matter.
  • the adhesive layer of the peeled cellophane adhesive tape was “A” in which no receptor layer was attached, and the receptor layer in a range of less than about 5% relative to the adhesive tape application area was peeled from the support,
  • the adhesive layer attached to the adhesive tape is "B”.
  • the adhesive layer in the range of about 5% to less than 50% of the adhesive tape is peeled off from the support, and the adhesive layer attached to the adhesive tape is "C”.
  • About 50% or more of the receiving layer with respect to the affixing area was peeled off from the support and was attached to the adhesive tape as “D”.
  • the printability of a print image obtained by printing using the solvent-based pigment ink was evaluated based on the following criteria.
  • a print image formed using the above “total 400% of ink” was free from uneven color, bleeding, cracks, etc., and formed a uniform print image.
  • [Ink preparation method] [Preparation of nano silver ink for inkjet printing] Silver particles having an average particle diameter of 30 nm are dispersed in a mixed solvent composed of 65 parts by mass of diethylene glycol diethyl ether, 18 parts by mass of ⁇ -butyrolactone, 15 parts by mass of tetraethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and 2 parts by mass of tetraethylene glycol monobutyl ether. Thus, a nano-silver ink for solvent-based inkjet printing was prepared.
  • the nano silver ink for inkjet printing was applied to the surface of three kinds of receiving substrates obtained using the supports (i), (ii) and (iii), respectively, and an inkjet printer (inkjet manufactured by Konica Minolta IJ Co., Ltd.).
  • an inkjet printer inkjet manufactured by Konica Minolta IJ Co., Ltd.
  • a test machine EB100 an evaluation printer head KM512L, and a discharge amount of 42 pl
  • a straight line having a line width of 100 ⁇ m and a film thickness of 0.5 ⁇ m is printed by about 1 cm, and then dried at 150 ° C. for 30 minutes, thereby producing a printed matter. (Conductive pattern) was obtained.
  • the screen-printing silver paste was applied to the surfaces of three kinds of receiving substrates obtained using the supports (i), (ii) and (iii), respectively, using a screen plate of a metal mesh 250, A straight line having a width of 50 ⁇ m and a film thickness of 1 ⁇ m was printed by about 1 cm, and then dried at 150 ° C. for 30 minutes to obtain a printed matter (conductive pattern).
  • the boundary between the non-printing portion and the non-printing portion is partially unclear, the entire line portion is smooth and usable level is “C”, which is about 1/3 of the outer edge portion of the printing portion (line portion). Bleeding can be confirmed in the range of about 1 ⁇ 2, and the boundary between the printed part and the non-printed part becomes partially unclear in that part, and the outer edge part and the middle part of the line part become unclear. “D” indicates that the portion was not smooth, and bleeding was confirmed in a range of about 1 ⁇ 2 or more of the outer edge portion of the printed portion (line portion), and the boundary between the printed portion and the non-printed portion was uniform in that portion. What was unclear in the part and was not smooth between the outer edge part and the center part of the line part was evaluated as “E”.
  • the nano silver ink for inkjet printing was applied to the surface of two types of receiving substrates obtained by using the supports (i) and (ii), respectively, and an inkjet printer (ink tester EB100 manufactured by Konica Minolta IJ Co., Ltd.) By using a printer head for evaluation KM512L and a discharge amount of 42 pl), a rectangular area (area) of 3 cm in length and 1 cm in width is printed with a film thickness of 0.5 ⁇ m, and then dried at 150 ° C. for 30 minutes. Each printed matter (conductive pattern) was obtained.
  • the volume resistivity of the solid printed portion formed in the rectangular range of 3 cm in length and 1 cm in width formed on the surface of the printed matter (conductive pattern) obtained by the above-described method was measured using a Loresta pointer meter (MCP-T610 manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation). It measured using.
  • What volume resistivity is less than 5 ⁇ 10 -6 ⁇ ⁇ cm "A”, 5 ⁇ 10 -6 or 9 ⁇ 10 -6 ⁇ ⁇ less than cm "B what is sufficient available levels “C”, a level that is 9 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 6 or more and less than 5 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 5 ⁇ ⁇ cm and that can be used, and “C” that is 5 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 5 or more and less than 9 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 5 ⁇ ⁇ cm Was evaluated as “E” when it was “D”, 9 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 5 or more and difficult to use practically.
  • An ink jet printer (Konica Minolta IJ Co., Ltd. ink jet testing machine EB100, evaluation printer head KM512L, discharge amount 42 pl) is used on the surface of the receiving substrate obtained by using the support (ii).
  • a solid range of 5 cm in length and 5 cm in width (area) was solid-printed with a film thickness of 0.5 ⁇ m, and then dried at 150 ° C. for 30 minutes to obtain printed materials.
  • An activator (A screen A220 manufactured by Okuno Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.) is applied to the surface of the printed matter obtained above (the surface on which the plating nucleus is supported), and the plating nucleus is activated under the condition of 55 ° C. ⁇ 5 minutes. Processed.
  • an electroless copper plating agent (OPC-750 manufactured by Okuno Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.) was applied to the surface subjected to the activation treatment, and an electroless copper plating treatment was performed at 20 ° C. for 20 minutes.
  • a conductive pattern X (plating structure X) in which a plating film made of copper was formed on the surface on which the plating nucleus was carried was obtained.
  • a cellophane adhesive tape (manufactured by Nichiban Co., Ltd., CT405AP-24, 24 mm) is pressure-bonded to the plating film surface of the conductive pattern X (plating structure X) obtained above with a finger, and the cellophane adhesive tape is then electrically conductive. Peeling was performed in the direction of 90 degrees with respect to the surface of the pattern X (plating structure X). The adhesive surface of the peeled cellophane adhesive tape was visually observed, and the adhesiveness was evaluated based on the presence or absence of the adhering matter.
  • A indicates that no adherent was observed on the adhesive surface of the peeled cellophane adhesive tape, and it is any of metal plating, silver, and receiving layer within a range of less than about 5% of the adhesive tape application area. Is peeled off from the support and adhered to the adhesive tape within a range of about 5% to less than 50% of the adhesive area of the “B” adhesive tape. "C” peels off the support and adheres to the adhesive tape, and the metal plating, silver, or receiving layer peels off from the support within a range of about 50% or more of the adhesive tape application area. The thing adhering to the tape was evaluated as "D".
  • An ink jet printer (Konica Minolta IJ Co., Ltd. ink jet testing machine EB100, evaluation printer head KM512L, discharge amount 42 pl) is used on the surface of the receiving substrate obtained by using the support (ii).
  • a solid range of 5 cm in length and 5 cm in width (area) was solid-printed with a film thickness of 0.5 ⁇ m, and then dried at 150 ° C. for 30 minutes to obtain printed materials.
  • An activator (A screen A220 manufactured by Okuno Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.) is applied to the surface of the printed matter obtained above (the surface on which the plating nucleus is supported), and the plating nucleus is activated under the condition of 55 ° C. ⁇ 5 minutes. Processed.
  • a conductive pattern Y (plating structure Y) was obtained in which a plating film made of copper was laminated on the surface of the plating film made of copper of the conductive pattern X (plating structure X).
  • a cellophane adhesive tape (manufactured by Nichiban Co., Ltd., CT405AP-24, 24 mm) is pressure-bonded to the plating film surface of the conductive pattern Y (plating structure Y) obtained above with a finger, and the cellophane adhesive tape is then electrically conductive. Peeling was performed in the direction of 90 degrees with respect to the surface of the pattern X (plating structure X). The adhesive surface of the peeled cellophane adhesive tape was visually observed, and the adhesiveness was evaluated based on the presence or absence of the adhering matter.
  • A indicates that no adherent was observed on the adhesive surface of the peeled cellophane adhesive tape, and it is any of metal plating, silver, and receiving layer within a range of less than about 5% of the adhesive tape application area. Is peeled off from the support and adhered to the adhesive tape within a range of about 5% to less than 50% of the adhesive area of the “B” adhesive tape. "C” peels off the support and adheres to the adhesive tape, and the metal plating, silver, or receiving layer peels off from the support within a range of about 50% or more of the adhesive tape application area. The thing adhering to the tape was evaluated as "D”. The case where the plating film was not peeled or the plating was not deposited during the plating treatment step was designated as “E”.

Abstract

The present invention provides a resin composition for forming a receiving layer, which is characterized by containing a urethane resin (C) that has a structure derived from a vinyl polymer (a1) in a side chain, said urethane resin (C) being obtained by reacting a polyol (A) that contains the vinyl polymer (a1), which has two hydroxy groups at one end, and a polyisocyanate (B). This resin composition for forming a receiving layer is able to form a receiving layer that is capable of holding a fluid such as an ink and exhibits excellent adhesion to various supporting bodies. This resin composition for forming a receiving layer is also able to form a receiving layer that is provided with excellent printability and does not cause bleeding of a fluid such as an ink.

Description

受容層形成用樹脂組成物ならびにそれを用いて得られる受容基材、印刷物、導電性パターン及び電気回路RECEPTION LAYER FORMING RESIN COMPOSITION AND RECEPTION SUBSTRATE, PRINTED MATERIAL, CONDUCTIVE PATTERN AND ELECTRIC CIRCUIT OBTAINED USING THE SAME
 本発明は、インク等の流動体を受容しうる層を形成可能な樹脂組成物、受容層を備えた受容基材、導電性パターン等の印刷物に関する。 The present invention relates to a resin composition capable of forming a layer capable of receiving a fluid such as ink, a receiving substrate provided with a receiving layer, and a printed matter such as a conductive pattern.
 近年、成長が著しいインクジェット印刷関連業界では、インクジェットプリンターの高性能化、インクの高機能化等が飛躍的に進み、一般家庭でも容易に銀塩写真並みの高精細で鮮明な印刷性に優れた画像を得ることが可能となりつつある。このため、インクジェットプリンターは、家庭内での使用にとどまらず、大型広告看板の製造をはじめとする、様々な分野で使用されはじめている。 In recent years, the ink-jet printing industry has been growing rapidly, and the performance of ink-jet printers and the functionality of inks have increased dramatically, making it easy for ordinary households to achieve high-definition and clear printability equivalent to silver halide photography. It is becoming possible to obtain images. For this reason, ink jet printers are starting to be used not only in homes but also in various fields including the production of large advertising signs.
 一方、インクジェット印刷物の高画質化は、前記プリンターの高性能化とともに、印刷インクの改良によるところも大きい。印刷インクの改良としては、具体的にはインク中の溶媒の選択や、染料または顔料の選択等の検討が挙げられ、近年は、染料インクに匹敵する高発色性を有するものとして知られる顔料インクが注目されている、 On the other hand, the improvement in image quality of ink-jet prints is largely due to the improvement in printing ink as well as the higher performance of the printer. Specific improvements to printing inks include the selection of solvents in the ink and the selection of dyes or pigments. In recent years, pigment inks that are known to have high color development properties comparable to dye inks. Is attracting attention,
 しかし、前記高発色性を備えた顔料インクを用いた場合であっても、インク受容層の組成によっては、インクのにじみ等を引き起こすなど高発色濃度で印刷性に優れた印刷画像を形成することが困難な場合があった。また、インクジェット印刷物の多様化に伴って、前記インク受容層が設けられる支持体として様々な材質が使用されるなかで、従来のインク受容層は、例えばポリエチレンテレフタレート等のプラスチックフィルムに対して密着性の点で十分でないため、前記受容層の経時的な剥離を引き起こす場合があった。 However, even when the pigment ink having the high color developability is used, depending on the composition of the ink receiving layer, a print image having high color density and excellent printability can be formed, such as causing ink bleeding. There were cases where it was difficult. Also, with the diversification of ink-jet prints, various materials are used as a support on which the ink receiving layer is provided. Conventional ink receiving layers are adhesive to plastic films such as polyethylene terephthalate. In this case, the receiving layer may be peeled with time.
 ところで、前記インクジェット印刷法やスクリーン印刷法等の従来知られた印刷法は、電子回路等の導電性パターンを作成する場面で使用することが検討されつつある。これは、近年の電子機器の高性能化や小型化、薄型化の要求に伴って、それに使用される電子回路や集積回路にも高密度化や薄型化が強く求められるためである。 By the way, it is being studied to use a conventionally known printing method such as the ink jet printing method or the screen printing method in the case of creating a conductive pattern such as an electronic circuit. This is because with recent demands for higher performance, smaller size, and thinner electronic devices, there is a strong demand for higher density and thinner electronic circuits and integrated circuits.
 前記電子回路等の導電性パターンを製造する方法としては、具体的には銀等の導電性物質を含有する導電性インクを、インクジェット印刷法やスクリーン印刷法によって支持体表面に印刷した後、乾燥し、必要に応じて加熱や光照射する方法が挙げられる。 As a method for producing a conductive pattern such as the electronic circuit, specifically, a conductive ink containing a conductive substance such as silver is printed on the surface of the support by an ink jet printing method or a screen printing method, and then dried. And the method of heating and light irradiation as needed is mentioned.
 しかし、前記導電性インクを、各種支持体の表面に、直接、印刷しても、前記導電性インクが前記支持体表面に密着しにくいため容易に剥離し、最終的に得られる電子回路等の断線等を引き起こす場合があった。とりわけ、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリエチレンテレフタレート樹脂等からなる支持体は柔軟性に富むため、折り曲げ可能なフレキシブルデバイスの生産に使用することが期待されているものの、前記ポリイミド樹脂等からなる支持体の表面は、特にインク等が密着しにくいためそれらの剥離を引き起こしやすく、最終的に得られる電子回路等の断線や、通電性の低下を引き起こす場合があった。 However, even if the conductive ink is directly printed on the surface of various supports, the conductive ink is not easily adhered to the surface of the support, and thus easily peels off. In some cases, disconnection may occur. Especially, since the support made of polyimide resin, polyethylene terephthalate resin, etc. is rich in flexibility, it is expected to be used for the production of a foldable flexible device, but the surface of the support made of polyimide resin or the like is In particular, since ink and the like are difficult to adhere to each other, they are liable to be peeled off. In some cases, the finally obtained electronic circuit or the like is disconnected or the conductivity is lowered.
 前記問題を解決する方法としては、例えばラテックス層を設けたインク受容基材に、導電性インクを用いて、所定の方法によりパターンを描画することによって導電性パターンを作製する方法が知られ、前記ラテックス層としてアクリル樹脂を使用できることが知られている(特許文献1参照。)。 As a method for solving the above problem, for example, a method of producing a conductive pattern by drawing a pattern by a predetermined method using a conductive ink on an ink receiving substrate provided with a latex layer is known. It is known that an acrylic resin can be used as the latex layer (see Patent Document 1).
 しかし、前記導電性パターンを構成する前記ラテックス層からなるインク受容層は、導電性インクのにじみや、印刷厚さのムラ等を引き起こす場合があるため、電子回路等の高密度化等を実現するうえで一般に求められる、概ね0.01μm~200μm程度の幅の細線からなる導線を形成することが困難な場合があった。 However, the ink receiving layer made of the latex layer constituting the conductive pattern may cause bleeding of the conductive ink, unevenness of the printing thickness, etc. In some cases, it is difficult to form a conducting wire composed of a thin wire having a width of approximately 0.01 μm to 200 μm, which is generally required.
 また、前記導電性パターンを形成する際には、通常、導電性インク中に含まれる導電性物質同士を接触させ導電性を付与するために、導電性インクを用いて印刷した印刷物を、概ね80℃以上の温度で加熱し焼成する場合が多い。 Further, when the conductive pattern is formed, a printed matter printed with the conductive ink is generally used for the purpose of bringing the conductive substances contained in the conductive ink into contact with each other to impart conductivity. In many cases, it is heated and baked at a temperature of ℃ or higher.
 しかし、前記文献1に記載されたラテックス層のようなインク受容層は、前記焼成工程で受けた熱の影響によって劣化等しやすいため、特にインク受容層と前記支持体との界面の密着性の低下を引き起こしやすく、ごく僅かな力が加わった場合であっても容易に剥離する場合があった。
 また、前記焼成工程を経る際に、インク受容層である前記ラテックス層の過剰な膨潤及び変形等を引き起こしやすいため、電気回路等の断線や通電不良を引き起こす場合があった。また、前記ラテックス層は、前記焼成工程による加熱を行う前に、前記支持体に対して十分な密着性を有さない場合が多いため、前記焼成工程を経る前に、支持体とインク受容層との部分的な剥離を引き起こす場合があった。
However, since the ink receiving layer such as the latex layer described in the literature 1 is easily deteriorated due to the influence of heat received in the baking process, the adhesion of the interface between the ink receiving layer and the support is particularly high. It is easy to cause a drop, and even if a very slight force is applied, it may be easily peeled off.
Further, when the baking process is performed, excessive swelling and deformation of the latex layer, which is an ink-receiving layer, are likely to be caused. In addition, since the latex layer often does not have sufficient adhesion to the support before heating in the baking step, the support and the ink receiving layer are not subjected to the baking step. And may cause partial peeling.
 ところで、前記導電性パターンを形成する際には、長期間にわたり断線等を引き起こすことなく、良好な通電性を維持可能な信頼性の高い配線パターンを形成する観点から、導電性パターン表面に、銅等を用いてめっき処理を行う場合が多い。 By the way, when forming the conductive pattern, copper is formed on the surface of the conductive pattern from the viewpoint of forming a highly reliable wiring pattern capable of maintaining good electrical conductivity without causing disconnection or the like over a long period of time. In many cases, the plating process is performed by using, for example.
 しかし、前記めっき処理に使用するめっき薬剤や、その洗浄工程で使用する薬剤は、通常、強アルカリ性や強酸性であるため、前記受容層等の支持体からの剥離等を引き起こしやすく、その結果、導電性パターンの断線等を引き起こす場合があった。 However, the plating agent used for the plating treatment and the agent used in the cleaning step are usually strongly alkaline and strongly acidic, and thus easily cause peeling from the support such as the receiving layer. In some cases, the conductive pattern may be disconnected.
 したがって、前記導電性パターンには、前記薬剤等に繰り返し、長時間にわたって浸漬等した場合であっても、導電性インク受容層の支持体からの剥離等を引きこさないレベルの耐久性が求められている。 Therefore, the conductive pattern is required to have a level of durability that does not cause peeling of the conductive ink-receiving layer from the support even when it is repeatedly immersed in the drug or the like for a long time. ing.
特開2009-49124号公報JP 2009-49124 A
 本発明が解決しようとする課題は、インク等の流動体を担持しうる受容層のうち、各種支持体との密着性に優れた受容層を形成でき、インク等の流動体のにじみを引き起こすことのない優れた印刷性を備えた受容層を形成可能な受容層形成用樹脂組成物を提供することである。 The problem to be solved by the present invention is that, among the receiving layers capable of carrying a fluid such as ink, a receiving layer having excellent adhesion to various supports can be formed, causing bleeding of the fluid such as ink. It is an object of the present invention to provide a resin composition for forming a receiving layer capable of forming a receiving layer having excellent printability without any problems.
 また、本発明が解決しようとする第二の課題は、導電性インク等の流動体を担持しうる受容層のうち、支持体との密着性に優れた受容層を形成でき、前記流動体のにじみやはじきを引き起こすことがなく電子回路等の高密度化等の実現に供しうるレベルの細線を描くことを可能で、かつ、めっき薬剤や各種有機溶剤等の薬剤が付着した場合であっても、受容層の支持体からの剥離等を引き起こすことなく、良好な通電性を維持可能なレベルの耐久性を備えた導電性パターン等の印刷物を形成可能な受容層形成用樹脂組成物を提供することである。 In addition, the second problem to be solved by the present invention is that, among the receiving layers capable of supporting a fluid such as conductive ink, a receiving layer having excellent adhesion to the support can be formed. Even if it is possible to draw fine lines at a level that can be used to achieve higher density of electronic circuits etc. without causing blurring or repellency, and even if chemicals such as plating chemicals or various organic solvents adhere Provided is a resin composition for forming a receiving layer capable of forming a printed matter such as a conductive pattern having a level of durability capable of maintaining good electrical conductivity without causing peeling of the receiving layer from the support. That is.
 本発明者等は、前記課題を検討すべく検討を進めた結果、特定のウレタン樹脂とビニル重合体とを組み合わせて使用した場合に、本発明の課題を解決できることを見出した。 As a result of studying the above problems, the present inventors have found that the problems of the present invention can be solved when a specific urethane resin and vinyl polymer are used in combination.
 すなわち、本発明は、片末端に2個の水酸基を有するビニル重合体(a1)を含有するポリオール(A)、及び、ポリイソシアネート(B)を反応させることによって得られる、側鎖にビニル重合体(a1)由来の構造を有するウレタン樹脂(C)を含有することを特徴とする受容層形成用樹脂組成物に関するものである。 That is, the present invention provides a vinyl polymer in the side chain obtained by reacting a polyol (A) containing a vinyl polymer (a1) having two hydroxyl groups at one end and a polyisocyanate (B). The present invention relates to a resin composition for forming a receiving layer, comprising a urethane resin (C) having a structure derived from (a1).
 本発明の受容層形成用樹脂組成物は、各種支持体に対して優れた密着性を備えた受容層を形成でき、かつ、顔料インク等の流動体のにじみ等を引き起こすことなく高発色の印刷性に優れた印刷画像の形成に寄与することから、例えば屋内外に設置可能な広告や看板、標識等の製造に使用する記録媒体に使用することができる。 The resin composition for forming a receiving layer of the present invention can form a receiving layer having excellent adhesion to various supports, and is capable of printing with high color without causing bleeding of a fluid such as pigment ink. Since it contributes to the formation of printed images with excellent properties, it can be used for recording media used for the production of advertisements, signboards, signs, etc. that can be installed indoors and outdoors.
 また、本発明の受容層形成用樹脂組成物は、支持体との密着性に優れた受容層を形成でき、導電性インクのにじみを引き起こすことなく、電子回路等の高密度化等の実現に供しうるレベルの細線を描くことを可能なレベルの細線性を付与でき、耐久性に優れた受容層を形成できることから、例えば有機太陽電池、電子書籍端末、有機EL、有機トランジスタ、フレキシブルプリント基板、非接触ICカード等のRFID等を構成する周辺配線、電子回路の形成、プラズマディスプレイの電磁波シールドの配線、集積回路、有機トランジスタの製造等の、一般にプリンテッド・エレクトロニクス分野等の新規分野で使用することができる。 In addition, the resin composition for forming a receiving layer of the present invention can form a receiving layer having excellent adhesion to a support, and can realize high density of electronic circuits and the like without causing bleeding of conductive ink. Since it is possible to provide a thin line of a level capable of drawing a thin line that can be provided, and a receiving layer excellent in durability can be formed, for example, an organic solar cell, an electronic book terminal, an organic EL, an organic transistor, a flexible printed circuit board, Generally used in new fields such as printed electronics, such as peripheral wiring for RFID such as contactless IC cards, formation of electronic circuits, wiring for electromagnetic shielding of plasma displays, integrated circuits, manufacturing of organic transistors, etc. be able to.
 また、本発明の受容層形成用樹脂組成物を用いて形成される受容層は、本発明の受容基材上に、導電性インクやめっき核剤等の流動体を用いて印刷した後、加熱等しインク受容層中に架橋構造を形成することによって、より一層高いレベルの耐久性を備えた印刷物(めっき構造体)を得ることが可能となる。具体的には、めっき処理工程において前記流動体中に含まれる導電性物質等の、受容層表面からの欠落を防止可能なレベルの耐久性を備えた印刷物(めっき構造体)を得ることが可能となる。 In addition, the receptor layer formed using the resin composition for forming a receptor layer of the present invention is printed on the receptor substrate of the present invention using a fluid such as conductive ink or plating nucleating agent, and then heated. By forming a cross-linked structure in the ink receiving layer, it is possible to obtain a printed matter (plating structure) having a higher level of durability. Specifically, it is possible to obtain a printed matter (plating structure) having a level of durability that can prevent the conductive material contained in the fluid from being lost from the surface of the receiving layer in the plating process. It becomes.
 本発明の受容層形成用樹脂組成物は、片末端に2個の水酸基を有するビニル重合体(a1)を含有するポリオール(A)、及び、ポリイソシアネート(B)を反応させることによって得られる、側鎖にビニル重合体(a1)由来の構造を有するウレタン樹脂(C)とを含有するものであることを特徴とする。
 前記受容層形成用樹脂組成物は、もっぱら、導電性物質や顔料等を含有する流動体が接触した場合に、前記流動体中の溶媒を吸収し、前記導電性物質や顔料を担持する受容層の形成に使用できるものである。
The resin composition for forming a receiving layer of the present invention is obtained by reacting a polyol (A) containing a vinyl polymer (a1) having two hydroxyl groups at one end and a polyisocyanate (B). The side chain contains a urethane resin (C) having a structure derived from the vinyl polymer (a1).
The receiving layer forming resin composition absorbs the solvent in the fluid when the fluid containing the conductive material or the pigment is brought into contact, and carries the conductive material or the pigment. Can be used to form
 はじめに、本発明で使用するウレタン樹脂(C)について説明する。
 本発明で使用するウレタン樹脂(C)は、主鎖としてのウレタン樹脂の構造の側鎖に、ビニル重合体(a1)由来の構造がグラフトしたものである。具体的には、前記ウレタン樹脂(C)としては、片末端に2個の水酸基を有するビニル重合体(a1)を含有するポリオール(A)、ポリイソシアネート(B)、ならびに、必要に応じて鎖伸長剤を反応させて得られるものを使用する。
First, the urethane resin (C) used in the present invention will be described.
The urethane resin (C) used in the present invention is one in which the structure derived from the vinyl polymer (a1) is grafted to the side chain of the structure of the urethane resin as the main chain. Specifically, as the urethane resin (C), a polyol (A) containing a vinyl polymer (a1) having two hydroxyl groups at one end, a polyisocyanate (B), and optionally a chain. A product obtained by reacting an extender is used.
 前記ウレタン樹脂(C)は、前記ウレタン樹脂(C)の全量に対して前記ビニル重合体(a1)由来の構造を1質量%~70質量%の範囲で有するものを使用することが好ましく、5質量%~50質量%の範囲で有するものを使用することが、より一層優れた印刷性、細線性を付与するうえで好ましい。 The urethane resin (C) is preferably one having a structure derived from the vinyl polymer (a1) in the range of 1% by mass to 70% by mass with respect to the total amount of the urethane resin (C). It is preferable to use a material having a mass% to 50 mass% in order to give even better printability and fine lineability.
 また、前記ウレタン樹脂(C)としては、より一層優れた密着性、印刷性、細線性を付与するとともに、耐久性をより一層向上するうえで、10,000~150,000の範囲の重量平均分子量を有するものを使用することが好ましく、10,000~50,000の範囲の重量平均分子量を有するものを使用することがより好ましい。 Further, as the urethane resin (C), in addition to imparting better adhesion, printability and fine lineability, and further improving the durability, a weight average in the range of 10,000 to 150,000 Those having a molecular weight are preferably used, and those having a weight average molecular weight in the range of 10,000 to 50,000 are more preferably used.
 本発明の受容層形成用樹脂組成物としては、前記ウレタン樹脂(C)を含有するものであるが、その溶媒として、水性媒体(D)や有機溶剤等の溶媒を組み合わせて使用することが、その塗工作業性等を向上するうえで好ましい。
 前記溶媒として水性媒体(D)を使用する場合、前記ウレタン樹脂(C)は、水性媒体(D)中に分散した状態で存在することが好ましい。前記ウレタン樹脂(C)を水性媒体(D)中に分散する方法としては、界面活性剤を使用する方法、前記ウレタン樹脂(C)として親水性基を有するものを使用する方法が挙げられる。
The resin composition for forming a receiving layer of the present invention contains the urethane resin (C), but as the solvent, it is used in combination with a solvent such as an aqueous medium (D) or an organic solvent. It is preferable for improving the coating workability.
When the aqueous medium (D) is used as the solvent, the urethane resin (C) is preferably present in a dispersed state in the aqueous medium (D). Examples of the method for dispersing the urethane resin (C) in the aqueous medium (D) include a method using a surfactant and a method using a urethane resin (C) having a hydrophilic group.
 前記親水性基としては、例えばアニオン性基、カチオン性基、ノニオン性基を使用することができ、アニオン性基を使用することがより好ましい。 As the hydrophilic group, for example, an anionic group, a cationic group, or a nonionic group can be used, and an anionic group is more preferably used.
 前記アニオン性基としては、例えばカルボキシル基、カルボキシレート基、スルホン酸基、スルホネート基等を使用することができ、なかでも、前記カルボキシル基またはスルホン酸基の一部または全部が塩基性化合物等によって中和されたカルボキシレート基またはスルホネート基を使用することが、良好な水分散性を付与するうえで好ましい。 As the anionic group, for example, a carboxyl group, a carboxylate group, a sulfonic acid group, a sulfonate group, and the like can be used. Among them, a part or all of the carboxyl group or the sulfonic acid group depends on a basic compound or the like. It is preferable to use a neutralized carboxylate group or sulfonate group in order to impart good water dispersibility.
 前記アニオン性基の中和に使用可能な塩基性化合物としては、例えばアンモニア、トリエチルアミン、ピリジン、モルホリン等の有機アミン;モノエタノールアミン等のアルカノールアミン;ナトリウム、カリウム、リチウム、カルシウム等を含む金属塩基化合物が挙げられる。導電性パターン等を形成する場合には、前記金属塩化合物が通電性等を阻害しうる場合があるため、前記有機アミンまたはアルカノールアミンを使用することが好ましい。 Examples of basic compounds that can be used for neutralizing the anionic group include organic amines such as ammonia, triethylamine, pyridine, and morpholine; alkanolamines such as monoethanolamine; metal bases including sodium, potassium, lithium, calcium, and the like Compounds. When forming a conductive pattern or the like, it is preferable to use the organic amine or alkanolamine because the metal salt compound may inhibit the conductivity.
 前記アニオン性基として前記カルボキシレート基またはスルホネート基を使用する場合、それらは前記ウレタン樹脂(C)全体に対して5mmol/kg~4,000mmol/kgの範囲で存在することが好ましく、50mmol/kg~2,000mmol/kgの範囲で存在することが、ウレタン樹脂(C)の良好な水分散安定性を維持するうえでより好ましい。 When the carboxylate group or sulfonate group is used as the anionic group, they are preferably present in the range of 5 mmol / kg to 4,000 mmol / kg with respect to the entire urethane resin (C), and 50 mmol / kg. It is more preferable to exist in the range of ˜2,000 mmol / kg in order to maintain good water dispersion stability of the urethane resin (C).
 また、前記カチオン性基としては、例えば3級アミノ基等を使用することができる。
 前記3級アミノ基の一部または全てを中和する際に使用することができる酸としては、例えば、酢酸、プロピオン酸、乳酸、マレイン酸等の有機酸;スルホン酸、メタンスルホン酸等の有機スルホン酸;塩酸、硫酸、オルトリン酸、オルト亜リン酸等の無機酸等を単独または2種以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。導電性パターン等を形成する場合には、塩素や硫黄等が通電性等を阻害しうる場合があるため、酢酸、プロピオン酸、乳酸、マレイン酸等を使用することが好ましい。
Moreover, as said cationic group, a tertiary amino group etc. can be used, for example.
Examples of the acid that can be used for neutralizing part or all of the tertiary amino group include organic acids such as acetic acid, propionic acid, lactic acid, and maleic acid; organic acids such as sulfonic acid and methanesulfonic acid. Sulfonic acid; inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, orthophosphoric acid and orthophosphorous acid can be used alone or in combination of two or more. In the case of forming a conductive pattern or the like, it is preferable to use acetic acid, propionic acid, lactic acid, maleic acid, or the like because chlorine, sulfur, or the like may inhibit the conductivity.
 前記カチオン性基としての3級アミノ基は、その一部または全部が4級化されていてもよい。前記4級化剤としては、例えばジメチル硫酸、ジエチル硫酸、メチルクロライド、エチルクロライド等を使用することができ、ジメチル硫酸を使用することが好ましい。 The tertiary amino group as the cationic group may be partially or fully quaternized. As the quaternizing agent, for example, dimethyl sulfate, diethyl sulfate, methyl chloride, ethyl chloride and the like can be used, and dimethyl sulfate is preferably used.
 また、前記ノニオン性基としては、例えばポリオキシエチレン基、ポリオキシプロピレン基、ポリオキシブチレン基、ポリ(オキシエチレン-オキシプロピレン)基、及びポリオキシエチレン-ポリオキシプロピレン基等のポリオキシアルキレン基を使用することができる。なかでもオキシエチレン単位を有するポリオキシアルキレン基を使用することが、親水性をより一層向上させるうえで好ましい。 Examples of the nonionic group include polyoxyalkylene groups such as polyoxyethylene group, polyoxypropylene group, polyoxybutylene group, poly (oxyethylene-oxypropylene) group, and polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene group. Can be used. Among these, it is preferable to use a polyoxyalkylene group having an oxyethylene unit in order to further improve the hydrophilicity.
 また、前記ウレタン樹脂(C)は、前記ビニル重合体(a1)由来の構造を側鎖に有するとともに、そのウレタン樹脂(C)の主鎖中に、ポリエーテルポリオール、ポリエステルポリオール、ポリエステルエーテルポリオール及びポリカーボネートポリオールからなる群より選ばれる1種以上のポリオール(a2)由来の構造を有するものを使用することが、より一層優れた密着性、印刷性、細線性を付与するうえで好ましく、ポリエステルポリオール由来の構造を有するものを使用することがより好ましい。
 前記ポリオール(a2)由来の構造としては、具体的にはポリエーテル構造、ポリエステル構造、ポリエーテルエステル構造、ポリカーボネート構造が挙げられる。
The urethane resin (C) has a structure derived from the vinyl polymer (a1) in the side chain, and in the main chain of the urethane resin (C), a polyether polyol, a polyester polyol, a polyester ether polyol, and It is preferable to use one having a structure derived from one or more kinds of polyols (a2) selected from the group consisting of polycarbonate polyols, in order to impart further excellent adhesion, printability, and fine lineability, and is derived from polyester polyols. It is more preferable to use one having the structure of
Specific examples of the structure derived from the polyol (a2) include a polyether structure, a polyester structure, a polyetherester structure, and a polycarbonate structure.
 前記ポリオール(a2)由来の構造は、前記ウレタン樹脂(C)の全量に対して5質量%~80質量%の範囲で存在することが好ましい。 The structure derived from the polyol (a2) is preferably present in the range of 5% by mass to 80% by mass with respect to the total amount of the urethane resin (C).
 前記ウレタン樹脂(C)の製造に使用する前記ポリオール(A)としては、主鎖としてのウレタン樹脂構造の側鎖にビニル重合体構造を導入することを目的として片末端に2個の水酸基を有するビニル重合体(a1)を使用する。 The polyol (A) used in the production of the urethane resin (C) has two hydroxyl groups at one end for the purpose of introducing a vinyl polymer structure into the side chain of the urethane resin structure as the main chain. Vinyl polymer (a1) is used.
 前記ウレタン樹脂(C)の製造に使用する片末端に2個の水酸基を有するビニル重合体(a1)としては、例えば2個の水酸基を有する連鎖移動剤の存在下で各種ビニル単量体を重合することによって得られるものを使用することができる。具体的には、2個の水酸基とメルカプト基等を有する連鎖移動剤(a1-1)の存在下でビニル単量体(a1-2)のラジカル重合を行い、前記メルカプト基を起点として前記ビニル単量体が重合したものが挙げられる。 As the vinyl polymer (a1) having two hydroxyl groups at one end used for the production of the urethane resin (C), for example, various vinyl monomers are polymerized in the presence of a chain transfer agent having two hydroxyl groups. What is obtained by doing can be used. Specifically, the vinyl monomer (a1-2) is radically polymerized in the presence of a chain transfer agent (a1-1) having two hydroxyl groups, a mercapto group, and the like, and the vinyl ester is originated from the mercapto group. The thing which the monomer polymerized is mentioned.
 また、前記片末端に2個の水酸基を有するビニル重合体(a1)としては、例えばカルボキシル基及びメルカプト基を有する連鎖移動剤の存在下でビニル単量体のラジカル重合を行い、前記メルカプト基を起点として前記ビニル単量体が重合したものと、水酸基及びグリシジル基を有する化合物とを反応させることによって得られたものを使用することもできる。 In addition, as the vinyl polymer (a1) having two hydroxyl groups at one end, for example, radical polymerization of a vinyl monomer in the presence of a chain transfer agent having a carboxyl group and a mercapto group, As a starting point, a polymer obtained by reacting the vinyl monomer with a compound having a hydroxyl group and a glycidyl group can be used.
 得られたビニル重合体(a1)は、前記連鎖移動剤由来の2個の水酸基を片末端に有するため、この2個の水酸基と、後述するポリイソシアネート(B)の有するイソシアネート基とを反応することによってウレタン結合を形成することができる。 Since the obtained vinyl polymer (a1) has two hydroxyl groups derived from the chain transfer agent at one end, the two hydroxyl groups react with an isocyanate group of the polyisocyanate (B) described later. By this, a urethane bond can be formed.
 前記片末端に2個の水酸基を有するビニル重合体(a1)としては、前記ポリイソシアネート(B)と反応させる際の粘度制御を容易にし、より一層優れた密着性、印刷性、細線性を付与するうえで、500~10,000の範囲の数平均分子量を有するものを使用することが好ましく、1,000~5,000の範囲の数平均分子量を有するものを使用することがより好ましい。 The vinyl polymer (a1) having two hydroxyl groups at one end facilitates viscosity control when reacting with the polyisocyanate (B), and provides better adhesion, printability, and fineness. In view of this, it is preferable to use those having a number average molecular weight in the range of 500 to 10,000, and it is more preferable to use those having a number average molecular weight in the range of 1,000 to 5,000.
 また、前記ビニル重合体(a1)としては、得られるウレタン樹脂(C)に親水性基を付与することで、本発明の受容層形成用樹脂組成物に優れた保存安定性を付与する観点から親水性基を有するビニル重合体を使用することもできる。 In addition, as the vinyl polymer (a1), by imparting a hydrophilic group to the obtained urethane resin (C), from the viewpoint of imparting excellent storage stability to the resin composition for forming a receiving layer of the present invention. A vinyl polymer having a hydrophilic group can also be used.
 前記親水性基としては、アニオン性基、カチオン性基、ノニオン性基を使用できるが、前記ビニル重合体(a1)中に存在しうる親水性基としては、アニオン性基及びカチオン性基のいずれか一方または両方の組み合わせであることが好ましい。 As the hydrophilic group, an anionic group, a cationic group, or a nonionic group can be used. As the hydrophilic group that may be present in the vinyl polymer (a1), any of an anionic group and a cationic group can be used. Either one or a combination of both is preferred.
 前記アニオン性基としては、例えばカルボキシル基、カルボキシレート基、スルホン酸基、スルホネート基等を使用することができ、なかでも、前記カルボキシル基やスルホン酸基の一部または全部が塩基性化合物等によって中和されたカルボキシレート基やスルホネート基を使用することが、良好な水分散安定性を付与するうえで好ましい。また、前記カチオン性基としては、例えば3級アミノ基等を使用することができ、前記ノニオン性基としては、例えばポリエチレンオキサイド鎖等を使用することができる。 As the anionic group, for example, a carboxyl group, a carboxylate group, a sulfonic acid group, a sulfonate group, and the like can be used. Among them, a part or all of the carboxyl group and the sulfonic acid group are formed by a basic compound or the like. It is preferable to use a neutralized carboxylate group or sulfonate group in order to impart good water dispersion stability. As the cationic group, for example, a tertiary amino group can be used, and as the nonionic group, for example, a polyethylene oxide chain can be used.
 また、前記ビニル重合体(a1)は、前記ビニル重合体(a1)由来のビニル重合体構造を、ウレタン樹脂(C)の側鎖に導入するうえで、前記片末端の2個の水酸基以外の、他の水酸基を有さないものであることが好ましい。具体的には、前記ビニル重合体(a1)の製造に使用可能なビニル単量体(a1-2)として、水酸基を有するビニル単量体をできるだけ使用しないことが好ましい。 In addition, the vinyl polymer (a1) has a vinyl polymer structure derived from the vinyl polymer (a1) other than the two hydroxyl groups at one end in introducing the side chain of the urethane resin (C). It is preferable that they have no other hydroxyl groups. Specifically, it is preferable not to use a vinyl monomer having a hydroxyl group as much as possible as the vinyl monomer (a1-2) that can be used in the production of the vinyl polymer (a1).
 前記片末端に2個の水酸基を有するビニル重合体(a1)の製造に使用可能な連鎖移動剤としては、例えば2個の水酸基とメルカプト基等を有する連鎖移動剤(a1-1)、カルボキシル基とメルカプト基とを有する連鎖移動剤等を使用することができる。なかでも、2個の水酸基とメルカプト基等を有する連鎖移動剤(a1-1)を使用することが、前記ビニル重合体(a1)の製造が簡便であるため好ましい。 Examples of the chain transfer agent that can be used for the production of the vinyl polymer (a1) having two hydroxyl groups at one end include, for example, a chain transfer agent (a1-1) having two hydroxyl groups and a mercapto group, a carboxyl group, and the like. And a chain transfer agent having a mercapto group can be used. Among these, it is preferable to use a chain transfer agent (a1-1) having two hydroxyl groups and a mercapto group because the vinyl polymer (a1) can be easily produced.
 前記2個の水酸基とメルカプト基等を有する連鎖移動剤(a1-1)としては、例えば3-メルカプト-1,2-プロパンジオール(チオグリセリン)、1-メルカプト-1,1-メタンジオール、1-メルカプト-1,1-エタンジオール、2-メルカプト-1,3-プロパンジオール、2-メルカプト-2-メチル-1,3-プロパンジオール、2-メルカプト-2-エチル-1,3-プロパンジオール、1-メルカプト-2,3-プロパンジオール、2-メルカプトエチル-2-メチル-1,3-プロパンジオール、2-メルカプトエチル-2-エチル-1,3-プロパンジオール等を使用することができる。なかでも3-メルカプト-1,2-プロパンジオールを使用することが、臭気が少なく作業性や安全性の点で優れ、かつ汎用であるため好ましい。 Examples of the chain transfer agent (a1-1) having two hydroxyl groups and a mercapto group include 3-mercapto-1,2-propanediol (thioglycerin), 1-mercapto-1,1-methanediol, -Mercapto-1,1-ethanediol, 2-mercapto-1,3-propanediol, 2-mercapto-2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 2-mercapto-2-ethyl-1,3-propanediol 1-mercapto-2,3-propanediol, 2-mercaptoethyl-2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 2-mercaptoethyl-2-ethyl-1,3-propanediol, and the like can be used. . Of these, it is preferable to use 3-mercapto-1,2-propanediol because it has less odor, is excellent in terms of workability and safety, and is versatile.
 また、前記ビニル重合体(a1)の製造に使用するビニル単量体(a1-2)としては、例えばメチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチル(メタ)アクリレート、n-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、i-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、t-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、ヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、オクチル(メタ)アクリレート、ノニル(メタ)アクリレート、ドデシル(メタ)アクリレート、ステアリル(メタ)アクリレート、イソボルニル(メタ)アクリレート、ジシクロペンタニル(メタ)アクリレート、フェニル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート等の(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル;(メタ)アクリル酸、(メタ)アクリル酸β-カルボキシエチル、2-(メタ)アクリロイルプロピオン酸、クロトン酸、イタコン酸、マレイン酸、フマル酸、イタコン酸ハーフエステル、マレイン酸ハーフエステル、無水マレイン酸、無水イタコン酸等の酸基または酸無水基を有するビニル単量体;(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-モノアルキル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N,N-ジアルキル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-メチロール(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-イソプロポキシメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-ブトキシメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-イソブトキシメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド;2-アジリジニルエチル(メタ)アクリレート;N,N-ジメチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、N,N-ジメチルアミノプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、N,N-ジエチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、N,N-ジメチルアミノプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、N,N-ジエチルアミノプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、N-〔2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエチル〕ピペリジン、N-〔2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエチル〕ピロリジン、N-〔2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエチル〕モルホリン、4-〔N,N-ジメチルアミノ〕スチレン、4-〔N,N-ジエチルアミノ〕スチレン、2-ビニルピリジン;N-メチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、N-t-ブチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート;アミノメチルアクリレート、アミノエチルアクリレート、アミノプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、アミノ-n-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、ブチルビニルベンジルアミン、ビニルフェニルアミン、p-アミノスチレン等の窒素原子を有するビニル単量体;(メタ)アクリロニトリル等の不飽和カルボン酸のニトリル;2,2,2-トリフルオロエチル(メタ)アクリレート、2,2,3,3-ペンタフルオロプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、パーフルオロシクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート等のフッ素を有するビニル単量体;酢酸ビニル、プロピオン酸ビニル、バーサチック酸ビニル等のビニルエステル;メチルビニルエーテル、エチルビニルエーテル、プロピルビニルエーテル、ブチルビニルエーテル等のビニルエーテル;スチレン、α-メチルスチレン、ジビニルスチレン等の芳香族環を有するビニル化合物;イソプレン、クロロプレン、ブタジエン、エチレン、テトラフルオロエチレン、フッ化ビニリデン、N-ビニルピロリドン;ポリオキシエチレンモノメチルエーテル(メタ)アクリレート、ポリオキシエチレンモノエチルエーテル(メタ)アクリレート等のポリオキシエチレン基を有するビニル重合体等を使用することができる。 Examples of the vinyl monomer (a1-2) used for the production of the vinyl polymer (a1) include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-butyl (meth) acrylate, and i-butyl. (Meth) acrylate, t-butyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, hexyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, octyl (meth) acrylate, nonyl (meth) acrylate, dodecyl (meth) acrylate , (Meth) acrylic acid alkyl esters such as stearyl (meth) acrylate, isobornyl (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, phenyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate; (meth) acrylic acid, ( Meta) Acid groups such as β-carboxyethyl crylate, 2- (meth) acryloylpropionic acid, crotonic acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, itaconic acid half ester, maleic acid half ester, maleic anhydride, itaconic anhydride or the like Vinyl monomers having acid anhydride groups; (meth) acrylamide, N-monoalkyl (meth) acrylamide, N, N-dialkyl (meth) acrylamide, N-methylol (meth) acrylamide, N-isopropoxymethyl (meth) Acrylamide, N-butoxymethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-isobutoxymethyl (meth) acrylamide; 2-aziridinylethyl (meth) acrylate; N, N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, N, N-dimethylamino Propyl (meth) acrylate, N, N-diethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, N, N-dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylate, N, N-diethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylate, N- [2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl] piperidine, N- [2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl] pyrrolidine, N- [2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl] morpholine, 4- [N, N-dimethylamino] styrene, 4- [N, N-diethylamino] styrene, 2 -Vinylpyridine; N-methylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, Nt-butylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate; aminomethyl acrylate, aminoethyl acrylate, aminopropyl (meth) acrylate, amino-n-butyl (meth) acrylate , Butyl vinyl benzyl amino Vinyl monomers having nitrogen atoms such as vinylphenylamine and p-aminostyrene; nitriles of unsaturated carboxylic acids such as (meth) acrylonitrile; 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl (meth) acrylate, 2,2 , 3,3-pentafluoropropyl (meth) acrylate, perfluorocyclohexyl (meth) acrylate and other fluorine-containing vinyl monomers; vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate, vinyl versatate, etc .; methyl vinyl ether, ethyl vinyl ether Vinyl ethers such as propyl vinyl ether and butyl vinyl ether; vinyl compounds having an aromatic ring such as styrene, α-methyl styrene and divinyl styrene; isoprene, chloroprene, butadiene, ethylene, tetrafluoroethylene, vinyl chloride Den, N-vinylpyrrolidone; vinyl polymers having a polyoxyethylene group such as polyoxyethylene monomethyl ether (meth) acrylate and polyoxyethylene monoethyl ether (meth) acrylate can be used.
 ビニル単量体(a1-2)としては、前記(メタ)アクリル酸及び(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルからなる群より選ばれる1種以上を含むものを使用することが、前記連鎖移動剤との反応を制御しやすく、生産効率を向上できるため好ましい。 As the vinyl monomer (a1-2), it is possible to use one containing at least one selected from the group consisting of the (meth) acrylic acid and the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester. It is preferable because the reaction can be easily controlled and production efficiency can be improved.
 前記2個の水酸基とメルカプト基を有する連鎖移動剤(a1-1)と前記ビニル単量体(a1-2)との重合反応は、例えば50℃~100℃程度の温度に調整したトルエンまたはメチルエチルケトン等の溶剤下、前記連鎖移動剤(a1-1)と前記ビニル単量体(a1-2)を一括または逐次供給し、ラジカル重合させることで進行することができる。これにより、連鎖移動剤(a1-1)のメルカプト基等を起点として前記ビニル単量体(a1-2)のラジカル重合が進行し、片末端に2個の水酸基を有するビニル重合体(a1)を製造することができる。前記方法で片末端に2個の水酸基を有するビニル重合体(a1)を製造する際には、必要に応じて従来知られる重合開始剤を使用しても良い。 The polymerization reaction between the chain transfer agent (a1-1) having two hydroxyl groups and a mercapto group and the vinyl monomer (a1-2) is, for example, toluene or methyl ethyl ketone adjusted to a temperature of about 50 ° C. to 100 ° C. It can proceed by radically polymerizing the chain transfer agent (a1-1) and the vinyl monomer (a1-2) collectively or sequentially in a solvent such as the above. As a result, radical polymerization of the vinyl monomer (a1-2) proceeds from the mercapto group or the like of the chain transfer agent (a1-1), and the vinyl polymer (a1) having two hydroxyl groups at one end Can be manufactured. When producing a vinyl polymer (a1) having two hydroxyl groups at one end by the above method, a conventionally known polymerization initiator may be used as necessary.
 前記方法で得られる片末端に2個の水酸基を有するビニル重合体(a1)は、前記ウレタン樹脂(C)の製造に使用する原料の合計質量に対して1質量%~70質量%の範囲で使用することが好ましく、5質量%~50質量%の範囲で使用することが、より一層優れた密着性、印刷性、細線性を付与するうえで好ましい。なお、前記ウレタン樹脂(C)の製造に使用する原料の合計質量とは、前記ビニル重合体(a1)、ならびに、必要に応じて使用可能な後述するポリオール(a2)及びその他のポリオール(a3)を含むポリオール(A)と前記ポリイソシアネート(B)との合計質量を指し、更に鎖伸長剤を使用した場合には、前記ポリオール(A)と前記ポリイソシアネート(B)と鎖伸長剤との合計質量を示す。以下、同様である。 The vinyl polymer (a1) having two hydroxyl groups at one end obtained by the above method is in the range of 1% by mass to 70% by mass with respect to the total mass of raw materials used for the production of the urethane resin (C). It is preferable to use in the range of 5% by mass to 50% by mass in order to impart further excellent adhesion, printability, and fine lineability. The total mass of raw materials used for the production of the urethane resin (C) refers to the vinyl polymer (a1), and later-described polyol (a2) and other polyols (a3) that can be used as necessary. When the chain extender is used, the total of the polyol (A), the polyisocyanate (B), and the chain extender is used. Indicates mass. The same applies hereinafter.
 また、前記ウレタン樹脂(C)の製造に使用可能なポリオール(a2)としては、例えばポリエーテルポリオール、ポリエステルポリオール、ポリエステルエーテルポリオール及びポリカーボネートポリオールからなる群より選ばれる1種以上を使用することができる。なかでも、より一層優れた密着性と印刷性と細線性とを付与するうえで、ポリエステルポリオールまたはポリカーボネートポリオールを使用することが好ましい。 Moreover, as a polyol (a2) which can be used for manufacture of the said urethane resin (C), 1 or more types chosen from the group which consists of a polyether polyol, a polyester polyol, a polyester ether polyol, and a polycarbonate polyol, for example can be used. . Among them, it is preferable to use a polyester polyol or a polycarbonate polyol in order to give even better adhesion, printability, and fine lineability.
 前記ポリエーテルポリオールとしては、例えば活性水素原子を2個以上有する化合物の1種または2種以上を開始剤として、アルキレンオキサイドを付加重合させたものを使用することができる。 As the polyether polyol, for example, one obtained by addition polymerization of alkylene oxide using one or more compounds having two or more active hydrogen atoms as an initiator can be used.
 前記開始剤としては、例えばエチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、トリメチレングリコール、1,3-ブタンジオール、1,4-ブタンジオール、1,6-ヘキサンジオール、グリセリン、トリメチロールエタン、トリメチロールプロパン等を使用することができる。 Examples of the initiator include ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, propylene glycol, trimethylene glycol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, glycerin, trimethylolethane, Trimethylolpropane and the like can be used.
 また、前記アルキレンオキサイドとしては、例えばエチレンオキサイド、プロピレンオキサイド、ブチレンオキサイド、スチレンオキサイド、エピクロルヒドリン、テトラヒドロフラン等を使用することができる。 Further, as the alkylene oxide, for example, ethylene oxide, propylene oxide, butylene oxide, styrene oxide, epichlorohydrin, tetrahydrofuran, or the like can be used.
 前記ポリエーテルポリオールとしては、具体的には、ポリオキシテトラメチレングリコールやポリプロピレングリコール、ポリエチレングリコールを使用することが、より一層優れた密着性、印刷性、細線性を付与するうえで好ましい。また、前記ポリエーテルポリオールとしては、1,000~3,000の範囲の数平均分子量を有するものを使用することが、より一層優れた密着性、印刷性、細線性を付与するうえでより好ましい。 Specifically, it is preferable to use polyoxytetramethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, or polyethylene glycol as the polyether polyol in order to impart even better adhesion, printability, and fine lineability. Further, as the polyether polyol, it is more preferable to use a polyether polyol having a number average molecular weight in the range of 1,000 to 3,000 in order to impart even more excellent adhesion, printability, and fineness. .
 また、前記ポリエステルポリオールとしては、例えば低分子量のポリオールとポリカルボン酸とをエステル化反応して得られる脂肪族ポリエステルポリオールや芳香族ポリエステルポリオール、ε-カプロラクトン等の環状エステル化合物を開環重合反応して得られるポリエステル、及び、それらの共重合ポリエステル等を使用することができる。 Examples of the polyester polyol include a ring-opening polymerization reaction of a cyclic ester compound such as an aliphatic polyester polyol, an aromatic polyester polyol, or ε-caprolactone obtained by esterifying a low molecular weight polyol and a polycarboxylic acid. Polyester obtained by the above, copolyesters thereof and the like can be used.
 前記低分子量のポリオールとしては、例えばエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコ-ル等を使用することができる。 As the low molecular weight polyol, for example, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol and the like can be used.
 また、前記ポリカルボン酸としては、例えばコハク酸、アジピン酸、セバシン酸、ドデカンジカルボン酸、テレフタル酸、イソフタル酸、フタル酸、及び、それらの無水物またはエステル化物等を使用することができる。 As the polycarboxylic acid, for example, succinic acid, adipic acid, sebacic acid, dodecanedicarboxylic acid, terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, phthalic acid, and anhydrides or esterified products thereof can be used.
 前記ポリエステルエーテルポリオールとしては、例えば前記開始剤に前記アルキレンオキサイドが付加したポリエーテルポリオールと、ポリカルボン酸とを反応させて得られたものを使用することができる。前記開始剤や前記アルキレンオキサイドとしては、前記ポリエーテルポリオールを製造する際に使用可能なものとして例示したものと同様のものを使用することができる。また、前記ポリカルボン酸としては、前記ポリエステルポリオールを製造する際に使用可能なものとして例示したものと同様のものを使用することができる。 As the polyester ether polyol, for example, those obtained by reacting a polyether polyol obtained by adding the alkylene oxide to the initiator and a polycarboxylic acid can be used. As the initiator and the alkylene oxide, the same ones exemplified as those usable when the polyether polyol is produced can be used. Moreover, as said polycarboxylic acid, the thing similar to what was illustrated as what can be used when manufacturing the said polyester polyol can be used.
 前記ポリカーボネートポリオールとしては、例えば炭酸エステルとポリオールとを反応させて得られるもの、ホスゲンとビスフェノールA等とを反応させて得られるものを使用することができる。 Examples of the polycarbonate polyol that can be used include those obtained by reacting a carbonate with a polyol, and those obtained by reacting phosgene with bisphenol A or the like.
 前記炭酸エステルとしては、例えばメチルカーボネート、ジメチルカーボネート、エチルカーボネート、ジエチルカーボネート、シクロカーボネート、ジフェニルカーボネ-ト等を使用することできる。 As the carbonate ester, for example, methyl carbonate, dimethyl carbonate, ethyl carbonate, diethyl carbonate, cyclocarbonate, diphenyl carbonate and the like can be used.
 前記炭酸エステルと反応しうるポリオールとしては、例えばエチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール、1,2-プロピレングリコール、1,3-プロピレングリコール、ジプロピレングリコール、1,4-ブタンジオール、1,3-ブタンジオール、1,2-ブタンジオール、2,3-ブタンジオール、1,5-ペンタンジオール、1,5-ヘキサンジオール、2,5-ヘキサンジオール、1,6-ヘキサンジオール、1,7-ヘプタンジオール、1,8-オクタンジオール、1,9-ノナンジオール、1,10-デカンジオール、1,11-ウンデカンジオール、1,12-ドデカンジオール、3-メチル-1,5-ペンタンジオール、2-エチル-1,3-ヘキサンジオール、2-メチル-1,3-プロパンジオール、2-メチル-1,8-オクタンジオール、2-ブチル-2-エチルプロパンジオール、2-メチル-1,8-オクタンジオール、1,4-シクロヘキサンジオール、1,4-シクロヘキサンジメタノール、ハイドロキノン、レゾルシン、ビスフェノール-A、ビスフェノール-F、4,4’-ビフェノール等の比較的低分子量のジヒドロキシ化合物、ポリエチレングリコール、ポリプロピレングリコール、ポリテトラメチレングリコール等のポリエーテルポリオール、ポリヘキサメチレンアジペート、ポリヘキサメチレンサクシネート、ポリカプロラクトン等のポリエステルポリオール等を使用することができる。 Examples of the polyol that can react with the carbonate ester include ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, 1,2-propylene glycol, 1,3-propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,3- Butanediol, 1,2-butanediol, 2,3-butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 1,5-hexanediol, 2,5-hexanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 1,7-heptane Diol, 1,8-octanediol, 1,9-nonanediol, 1,10-decanediol, 1,11-undecanediol, 1,12-dodecanediol, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol, 2- Ethyl-1,3-hexanediol, 2-methyl-1,3-pro Diol, 2-methyl-1,8-octanediol, 2-butyl-2-ethylpropanediol, 2-methyl-1,8-octanediol, 1,4-cyclohexanediol, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol, hydroquinone Relatively low molecular weight dihydroxy compounds such as resorcin, bisphenol-A, bisphenol-F, 4,4′-biphenol, polyether polyols such as polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, polytetramethylene glycol, polyhexamethylene adipate, polyhexa Polyester polyols such as methylene succinate and polycaprolactone can be used.
 前記ポリオール(a2)としては、より一層優れた密着性、印刷性、細線性を付与するうえで、500~10,000の範囲の数平均分子量を有するものが好ましく、1,000~3,000の範囲の数平均分子量を有するものを使用することがより好ましい。 As the polyol (a2), those having a number average molecular weight in the range of 500 to 10,000 are preferable in order to impart even better adhesion, printability, and fineness, and 1,000 to 3,000. It is more preferable to use one having a number average molecular weight in the range of
 前記ポリオール(a2)は、前記ウレタン樹脂(C)の製造に使用する原料の合計質量に対して5質量%~80質量%の範囲で使用することが好ましい。さらに15質量%~80質量%の範囲で使用することが、より一層優れた密着性、印刷性、細線性を付与するうえで好ましい。 The polyol (a2) is preferably used in the range of 5% by mass to 80% by mass with respect to the total mass of raw materials used for the production of the urethane resin (C). Furthermore, it is preferable to use in the range of 15% by mass to 80% by mass in order to give even better adhesion, printability, and fine lineability.
 また、前記ポリオール(a2)は、前記ビニル重合体(a1)と特定範囲で組み合わせて使用することが、より一層優れた密着性、印刷性、細線性を付与するうえで好ましく、例えば[(a1)/(a2)]=1/20~20/1の範囲で使用することが好ましく、1/10~10/1の範囲で使用することがより好ましい。 In addition, the polyol (a2) is preferably used in combination with the vinyl polymer (a1) in a specific range in order to impart much more excellent adhesion, printability, and fine lineability. For example, [(a1 ) / (A2)] = 1/20 to 20/1, more preferably 1/10 to 10/1.
 また、前記ウレタン樹脂(C)の製造に使用するポリオール(A)としては、前記したビニル重合体(a1)及びポリオール(a2)の他に、必要に応じてその他のポリオール(a3)を使用することができる。 Moreover, as a polyol (A) used for manufacture of the said urethane resin (C), other polyol (a3) is used as needed besides the above-mentioned vinyl polymer (a1) and polyol (a2). be able to.
 前記その他のポリオール(a3)としては、例えば親水性基を有するポリオール(a3-1)を使用することができる。とりわけ、前記ビニル重合体(a1)として親水性基を有さないものを使用する場合には、得られるウレタン樹脂(C)に水分散性を付与し、保存安定性に優れた受容層形成用樹脂組成物を得るうえで、前記親水性基を有するポリオール(a3-1)を使用することが好ましい。 As the other polyol (a3), for example, a polyol (a3-1) having a hydrophilic group can be used. In particular, when the vinyl polymer (a1) having no hydrophilic group is used, the resulting urethane resin (C) is provided with water dispersibility, and is used for forming a receiving layer having excellent storage stability. In obtaining the resin composition, it is preferable to use the polyol (a3-1) having the hydrophilic group.
 前記親水性基を有するポリオール(a3-1)としては、親水性基を有するものを使用することができ、例えば、アニオン性基を有するポリオール、カチオン性基を有するポリオール、ノニオン性基を有するポリオールを使用することができ、なかでもアニオン性基を有するポリオールまたはカチオン性基を有するポリオールを使用することが好ましい。 As the polyol (a3-1) having a hydrophilic group, those having a hydrophilic group can be used. For example, a polyol having an anionic group, a polyol having a cationic group, a polyol having a nonionic group Among them, it is preferable to use a polyol having an anionic group or a polyol having a cationic group.
 前記アニオン性基を有するポリオールとしては、例えばカルボキシル基を有するポリオール、スルホン酸基を有するポリオールを使用することができる。 As the polyol having an anionic group, for example, a polyol having a carboxyl group or a polyol having a sulfonic acid group can be used.
 前記カルボキシル基を有するポリオールとしては、例えば2,2-ジメチロールプロピオン酸、2,2-ジメチロールブタン酸、2,2-ジメチロール吉草酸等を使用することができ、なかでも2,2-ジメチロールプロピオン酸を使用することが好ましい。また、前記カルボキシル基を有するポリオールと各種ポリカルボン酸とを反応させて得られるカルボキシル基を有するポリエステルポリオールも使用することもできる。 As the polyol having a carboxyl group, for example, 2,2-dimethylolpropionic acid, 2,2-dimethylolbutanoic acid, 2,2-dimethylolvaleric acid and the like can be used. Preference is given to using methylolpropionic acid. Moreover, the polyester polyol which has a carboxyl group obtained by making the polyol which has the said carboxyl group react with various polycarboxylic acids can also be used.
 前記スルホン酸基を有するポリオールとしては、例えば5-スルホイソフタル酸、スルホテレフタル酸、4-スルホフタル酸、5-(4-スルホフェノキシ)イソフタル酸等のジカルボン酸、及びそれらの塩と、前記低分子量ポリオールとを反応させて得られるポリエステルポリオールを使用することができる。 Examples of the polyol having a sulfonic acid group include dicarboxylic acids such as 5-sulfoisophthalic acid, sulfoterephthalic acid, 4-sulfophthalic acid, 5- (4-sulfophenoxy) isophthalic acid, and salts thereof, and the low molecular weight. A polyester polyol obtained by reacting with a polyol can be used.
 また、前記カチオン性基を有するポリオールとしては、例えば3級アミノ基を有するポリオールを使用することができ、具体的にはN-メチル-ジエタノールアミン、分子中にエポキシを2個有する化合物と2級アミンとを反応させて得られるポリオール等を使用することができる。 Further, as the polyol having a cationic group, for example, a polyol having a tertiary amino group can be used. Specifically, N-methyl-diethanolamine, a compound having two epoxies in the molecule and a secondary amine can be used. A polyol obtained by reacting with can be used.
 また、前記ノニオン性基を有するポリオールとしては、エチレンオキサイド由来の構造単位を有するポリアルキレングリコール等を使用することができる。 Also, as the polyol having a nonionic group, polyalkylene glycol having a structural unit derived from ethylene oxide can be used.
 前記親水性基を有するポリオール(a3-1)は、前記ウレタン樹脂(C)の製造に使用する原料の合計質量に対して、1質量%~45質量%の範囲で使用することが好ましい。 The polyol (a3-1) having a hydrophilic group is preferably used in the range of 1% by mass to 45% by mass with respect to the total mass of raw materials used for the production of the urethane resin (C).
 また、前記ウレタン樹脂(C)の製造に使用するポリイソシアネート(B)としては、例えば4,4’-ジフェニルメタンジイソシアネート、2,4’-ジフェニルメタンジイソシアネート、カルボジイミド変性ジフェニルメタンジイソシアネート、クルードジフェニルメタンジイソシアネート、フェニレンジイソシアネート、トリレンジイソシアネート、ナフタレンジイソシアネート等の芳香族ポリイソシアネート;ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート、リジンジイソシアネート、シクロヘキサンジイソシアネート、イソホロンジイソシアネート、ジシクロヘキシルメタンジイソシアネート、キシリレンジイソシアネート、テトラメチルキシリレンジイソシアネート等の脂肪族ポリイソシアネートまたは脂環式構造を有するポリイソシアネートを使用することができる。なかでも、受容層の黄変色を防止するうえで脂肪族ポリイソシアネートを使用することが好ましく、めっき工程における受容層の剥離等を防止するうえで、脂肪族環式構造を有するポリイソシアネートを使用することが好ましい。 Examples of the polyisocyanate (B) used in the production of the urethane resin (C) include 4,4′-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, 2,4′-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, carbodiimide-modified diphenylmethane diisocyanate, crude diphenylmethane diisocyanate, phenylene diisocyanate, Aromatic polyisocyanates such as tolylene diisocyanate and naphthalene diisocyanate; aliphatic polyisocyanates such as hexamethylene diisocyanate, lysine diisocyanate, cyclohexane diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate, dicyclohexylmethane diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate, tetramethylxylylene diisocyanate or alicyclic structures Having polyisocyanate It is possible to use the door. Among them, it is preferable to use an aliphatic polyisocyanate in order to prevent yellowing of the receiving layer, and in order to prevent peeling of the receiving layer in the plating step, a polyisocyanate having an aliphatic cyclic structure is used. It is preferable.
 本発明で使用するウレタン樹脂(C)を製造する際には、その分子量を比較的高分子量化し、耐久性等の更なる向上を図ることを目的として、必要に応じて鎖伸長剤を使用することができる。 When producing the urethane resin (C) used in the present invention, a chain extender is used as necessary for the purpose of making the molecular weight relatively high and further improving durability and the like. be able to.
 前記鎖伸長剤としては、ポリアミン、ヒドラジン化合物、その他活性水素原子含有化合物等を使用することができる。 As the chain extender, polyamines, hydrazine compounds, other active hydrogen atom-containing compounds and the like can be used.
 前記ポリアミンとしては、例えば、エチレンジアミン、1,2-プロパンジアミン、1,6-ヘキサメチレンジアミン、ピペラジン、2,5-ジメチルピペラジン、イソホロンジアミン、4,4’-ジシクロヘキシルメタンジアミン、3,3’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジシクロヘキシルメタンジアミン、1,4-シクロヘキサンジアミン等のジアミン;N-ヒドロキシメチルアミノエチルアミン、N-ヒドロキシエチルアミノエチルアミン、N-ヒドロキシプロピルアミノプロピルアミン、N-エチルアミノエチルアミン、N-メチルアミノプロピルアミン;ジエチレントリアミン、ジプロピレントリアミン、トリエチレンテトラミン等を使用することができる。 Examples of the polyamine include ethylenediamine, 1,2-propanediamine, 1,6-hexamethylenediamine, piperazine, 2,5-dimethylpiperazine, isophoronediamine, 4,4'-dicyclohexylmethanediamine, 3,3'- Diamines such as dimethyl-4,4′-dicyclohexylmethanediamine, 1,4-cyclohexanediamine; N-hydroxymethylaminoethylamine, N-hydroxyethylaminoethylamine, N-hydroxypropylaminopropylamine, N-ethylaminoethylamine, N -Methylaminopropylamine; diethylenetriamine, dipropylenetriamine, triethylenetetramine and the like can be used.
 前記ヒドラジン化合物としては、例えばヒドラジン、N,N’-ジメチルヒドラジン、1,6-ヘキサメチレンビスヒドラジン;コハク酸ジヒドラジッド、アジピン酸ジヒドラジド、グルタル酸ジヒドラジド、セバシン酸ジヒドラジド、イソフタル酸ジヒドラジド;β-セミカルバジドプロピオン酸ヒドラジド、3-セミカルバジッド-プロピル-カルバジン酸エステル、セミカルバジッド-3-セミカルバジドメチル-3,5,5-トリメチルシクロヘキサンを使用することができる。 Examples of the hydrazine compound include hydrazine, N, N′-dimethylhydrazine, 1,6-hexamethylenebishydrazine; succinic acid dihydrazide, adipic acid dihydrazide, glutaric acid dihydrazide, sebacic acid dihydrazide, isophthalic acid dihydrazide; β-semicarbazide propion Acid hydrazide, 3-semicarbazide-propyl-carbazate, semicarbazide-3-semicarbazide methyl-3,5,5-trimethylcyclohexane can be used.
 前記その他活性水素含有化合物としては、例えば、エチレングリコール、ジエチレンリコール、トリエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、1,3-プロパンジオール、1,3-ブタンジオール、1,4-ブタンジオール、ヘキサメチレングリコール、サッカロース、メチレングリコール、グリセリン、ソルビトール等のグリコール;ビスフェノールA、4,4’-ジヒドロキシジフェニル、4,4’-ジヒドロキシジフェニルエーテル、4,4’-ジヒドロキシジフェニルスルホン、水素添加ビスフェノールA、ハイドロキノン等のフェノール、水等を使用することができる。 Examples of the other active hydrogen-containing compounds include ethylene glycol, diethylene recall, triethylene glycol, propylene glycol, 1,3-propanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, hexamethylene glycol, and saccharose. Glycols such as methylene glycol, glycerin and sorbitol; phenols such as bisphenol A, 4,4′-dihydroxydiphenyl, 4,4′-dihydroxydiphenyl ether, 4,4′-dihydroxydiphenylsulfone, hydrogenated bisphenol A, hydroquinone, water Etc. can be used.
 前記鎖伸長剤は、例えばポリアミンが有するアミノ基と過剰のイソシアネート基との当量比が、1.9以下(当量比)となる範囲で使用することが好ましく、0.3~1(当量比)の範囲で使用することがより好ましい。 The chain extender is preferably used, for example, in such a range that the equivalent ratio of the amino group and excess isocyanate group of the polyamine is 1.9 or less (equivalent ratio), and 0.3 to 1 (equivalent ratio) It is more preferable to use in the range.
 前記ウレタン樹脂(C)は、例えば無溶剤下または有機溶剤の存在下、前記片末端に2個の水酸基を有するビニル重合体(a1)、必要に応じて前記ポリオール(a2)、及び、必要に応じて前記親水性基を有するポリオール(a3-1)等の前記その他のポリオール(a3)を含有するポリオール(A)と、前記ポリイソシアネート(B)と、必要に応じて後述する鎖伸長剤とを反応させることによってウレタン樹脂(C)を製造することができる。 The urethane resin (C) is, for example, in the absence of a solvent or in the presence of an organic solvent, the vinyl polymer (a1) having two hydroxyl groups at one end, the polyol (a2) as necessary, and the necessity. Depending on the polyol (A) containing the other polyol (a3) such as the polyol (a3-1) having the hydrophilic group, the polyisocyanate (B), and a chain extender described later if necessary. The urethane resin (C) can be produced by reacting.
 前記ポリオール(A)と前記ポリイソシアネート(B)等との反応は、急激な発熱や発泡などに十分に注意し安全性を考慮し、好ましくは50℃~120℃、より好ましくは80℃~100℃の反応温度で、前記ポリオール(B)と前記ポリオール(A)等とを混合し、概ね1時間~15時間程度反応させる方法により行うことができる。 The reaction of the polyol (A) with the polyisocyanate (B) or the like is preferably from 50 ° C. to 120 ° C., more preferably from 80 ° C. to 100 ° C. The reaction can be carried out by mixing the polyol (B) and the polyol (A) at a reaction temperature of 0 ° C. and reacting them for about 1 to 15 hours.
 前記ポリオール(A)とポリイソシアネート(B)との反応は、例えば、前記ポリオール(A)が有する水酸基に対する、前記ポリイソシアネート(B)が有するイソシアネート基の当量割合が、0.8~2.5の範囲で行うことが好ましく、0.9~1.5の範囲で行うことがより好ましい。 In the reaction of the polyol (A) and the polyisocyanate (B), for example, the equivalent ratio of the isocyanate group of the polyisocyanate (B) to the hydroxyl group of the polyol (A) is 0.8 to 2.5. Preferably, it is carried out in the range of 0.9 to 1.5.
 また、前記ウレタン樹脂(C)を製造する際に使用可能な有機溶剤としては、例えばアセトン、メチルエチルケトン等のケトン;テトラヒドロフラン、ジオキサン等のエーテル;酢酸エチル、酢酸ブチル等の酢酸エステル;アセトニトリル等のニトリル;ジメチルホルムアミド、N-メチルピロリドン等のアミドを、単独で使用または2種以上を使用することができる。
 前記方法で製造したウレタン樹脂(C)の水性化は、例えば、次のような方法で行うことができる。
Examples of the organic solvent that can be used in producing the urethane resin (C) include ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone; ethers such as tetrahydrofuran and dioxane; acetate esters such as ethyl acetate and butyl acetate; nitriles such as acetonitrile. Amides such as dimethylformamide and N-methylpyrrolidone can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
For example, the urethane resin (C) produced by the above method can be made water-based by the following method.
 〔方法1〕ポリオール(A)とポリイソシアネート(B)とを反応させて得られたウレタン樹脂(C)の親水性基の一部または全部を中和又は4級化した後、水性媒体(D)を投入してウレタン樹脂(C)を水分散させる方法。 [Method 1] After neutralizing or quaternizing some or all of the hydrophilic groups of the urethane resin (C) obtained by reacting the polyol (A) with the polyisocyanate (B), the aqueous medium (D ) To disperse the urethane resin (C) in water.
 〔方法2〕ポリオール(A)とポリイソシアネート(B)とを反応させて得られたウレタン樹脂(C)の親水性基の一部または全部を中和又は4級化した後、水性媒体(D)を投入し、必要に応じて前記鎖伸長剤を用いて鎖伸長することによりウレタン樹脂(C)を水分散させる方法。 [Method 2] After neutralizing or quaternizing some or all of the hydrophilic groups of the urethane resin (C) obtained by reacting the polyol (A) with the polyisocyanate (B), the aqueous medium (D ) And if necessary, the urethane resin (C) is dispersed in water by chain extension using the chain extender.
 〔方法3〕ポリオール(A)とポリイソシアネート(B)とを反応させて得られたウレタン樹脂と、必要に応じて前記と同様の鎖伸長剤とを、反応容器中に一括または分割して仕込み、鎖伸長反応させることでウレタン樹脂(C)を製造し、次いで得られたウレタン樹脂(C)中の親水基の一部または全部を中和又は4級化した後、水性媒体(D)を投入して水分散させる方法。 [Method 3] A urethane resin obtained by reacting the polyol (A) and the polyisocyanate (B) and, if necessary, the same chain extender as described above are charged into the reaction vessel in a batch or divided. The urethane resin (C) is produced by chain extension reaction, and then a part or all of the hydrophilic groups in the obtained urethane resin (C) are neutralized or quaternized, and then the aqueous medium (D) is used. A method to disperse and disperse in water.
 前記〔方法1〕~〔方法3〕では、必要に応じて乳化剤を使用してもよい。また、水溶解や水分散の際には、必要に応じてホモジナイザー等の機械を使用しても良い。 In the above [Method 1] to [Method 3], an emulsifier may be used as necessary. In addition, when water is dissolved or dispersed, a machine such as a homogenizer may be used as necessary.
 前記乳化剤としては、例えば、ポリオキシエチレンノニルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンスチリルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンソルビトールテトラオレエート、ポリオキシエチレン・ポリオキシプロピレン共重合体等のノニオン系乳化剤;オレイン酸ナトリウム等の脂肪酸塩、アルキル硫酸エステル塩、アルキルベンゼンスルフォン酸塩、アルキルスルホコハク酸塩、ナフタレンスルフォン酸塩、ポリオキシエチレンアルキル硫酸塩、アルカンスルフォネートナトリウム塩、アルキルジフェニルエーテルスルフォン酸ナトリウム塩等のアニオン系乳化剤;アルキルアミン塩、アルキルトリメチルアンモニウム塩、アルキルジメチルベンジルアンモニウム塩等のカチオン系乳化剤が挙げられる。 Examples of the emulsifier include nonionic emulsifiers such as polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene styryl phenyl ether, polyoxyethylene sorbitol tetraoleate, and polyoxyethylene / polyoxypropylene copolymer. Fatty acid salts such as sodium oleate, alkyl sulfates, alkylbenzene sulfonates, alkyl sulfosuccinates, naphthalene sulfonates, polyoxyethylene alkyl sulfates, alkane sulfonate sodium salts, sodium alkyl diphenyl ether sulfonates, etc. Anionic emulsifiers; cationic amines such as alkylamine salts, alkyltrimethylammonium salts, alkyldimethylbenzylammonium salts It is below.
 前記方法で得られたウレタン樹脂(C)としては、密着性及び印刷性に優れた印刷物や、細線性及び耐久性等に優れた導電性パターン等を得るうえで5,000~500,000の範囲の重量平均分子量を有するものを使用することが好ましく、20,000~120,000の範囲の重量平均分子量を有するものを使用することがより好ましい。
 また、前記ウレタン樹脂(C)は、本発明の受容層形成用樹脂組成物の全体に対して10質量%~65質量%含まれることが好ましく、10質量%~35質量%含まれることがより好ましい。
The urethane resin (C) obtained by the above method has a printed material excellent in adhesion and printability, a conductive pattern excellent in fine line property and durability, and the like. Those having a weight average molecular weight in the range are preferably used, and those having a weight average molecular weight in the range of 20,000 to 120,000 are more preferably used.
The urethane resin (C) is preferably contained in an amount of 10% to 65% by mass, more preferably 10% to 35% by mass, based on the entire resin composition for forming a receiving layer of the present invention. preferable.
 前記方法で得られたウレタン樹脂(C)としては、必要に応じて各種官能基を有していてもよく、前記官能基としては、例えばアルコキシシリル基、シラノール基、水酸基、アミノ基等の架橋性官能基が挙げられる。前記架橋性官能基は、ウレタン樹脂(C)の主鎖に結合したものであってもよく、前記ビニル重合体(a1)に結合したものであってもよい。 The urethane resin (C) obtained by the above method may have various functional groups as necessary, and examples of the functional group include crosslinks such as alkoxysilyl groups, silanol groups, hydroxyl groups, and amino groups. Sex functional group. The crosslinkable functional group may be bonded to the main chain of the urethane resin (C), or may be bonded to the vinyl polymer (a1).
 前記アルコキシシリル基、シラノール基は、前記ウレタン樹脂(C)を製造する際にγ-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン等を使用することによって、前記ウレタン樹脂(C)中に導入することができる。 The alkoxysilyl group and silanol group can be introduced into the urethane resin (C) by using γ-aminopropyltriethoxysilane or the like when the urethane resin (C) is produced.
 一方、前記架橋性官能基としては、概ね100℃以上、好ましくは120℃以上に加熱することによって架橋性官能基間または後述する架橋剤(G)と反応し架橋構造を形成するものを使用することができる。 On the other hand, as the crosslinkable functional group, one that forms a crosslink structure by reacting with the crosslinkable functional groups or the crosslinker (G) described later by heating to approximately 100 ° C or higher, preferably 120 ° C or higher is used. be able to.
 具体的には、概ね100℃以上、好ましくは120℃以上に加熱することによって架橋反応しうる官能基を備えたウレタン樹脂を使用した場合、それを含む受容層形成用樹脂組成物を支持体表面に塗布し乾燥等して得た受容基材を構成する受容層は、実質的に架橋構造を形成していない。この受容基材に前記流動体を用いて印刷を施した後に、加熱等することによって架橋反応し、架橋構造を形成することができる。これにより、後述するめっき処理工程において、強アルカリまたは強酸性物質からなるめっき薬剤に晒された場合であっても、支持体からの受容層の剥離を引き起こすことのない、格段に優れた耐久性を備えた印刷物等の導電性パターン等を形成することができる。 Specifically, when a urethane resin having a functional group capable of undergoing a crosslinking reaction by heating to approximately 100 ° C. or higher, preferably 120 ° C. or higher is used, the receptor layer-forming resin composition containing the same is used. The receiving layer constituting the receiving substrate obtained by applying to the substrate and drying or the like does not substantially form a crosslinked structure. After printing on the receiving substrate using the fluid, a crosslinking reaction can be formed by heating or the like to form a crosslinked structure. As a result, in the plating treatment step described later, even when exposed to a plating agent made of a strong alkali or strong acid substance, the remarkably excellent durability does not cause peeling of the receiving layer from the support. A conductive pattern or the like such as a printed matter provided with can be formed.
 前記100℃以上、好ましくは120℃以上に加熱することによって架橋反応しうる官能基としては、組み合わせて使用する架橋剤(G)の選択にもよるが、例えばブロックイソシアネート化合物等の架橋剤を使用する場合には水酸基やアミノ基を使用することができる。 The functional group capable of undergoing a cross-linking reaction by heating to 100 ° C. or higher, preferably 120 ° C. or higher, depends on the selection of the cross-linking agent (G) used in combination. For example, a cross-linking agent such as a blocked isocyanate compound is used. In this case, a hydroxyl group or an amino group can be used.
 前記架橋性官能基は、前記ウレタン樹脂(C)の全量に対して、合計0.005当量/kg~1.5当量/kgの範囲で含まれることが好ましい。 The crosslinkable functional group is preferably contained in a total range of 0.005 equivalent / kg to 1.5 equivalent / kg with respect to the total amount of the urethane resin (C).
 本発明の受容層形成用組成物は、その固形分を構成するものとして、前記ウレタン樹脂(C)の他に、必要に応じて、水性媒体(D)または有機溶剤等の溶媒、樹脂、架橋剤(G)、充填剤、pH調整剤、被膜形成助剤、レベリング剤、増粘剤、撥水剤、消泡剤等のその他の化合物を含有するものであってもよい。
 前記溶媒に使用可能な水性媒体(D)としては、水、水と混和する有機溶剤、及び、これらの混合物が挙げられる。水と混和する有機溶剤としては、例えば、メタノール、エタノール、n-プロパノール、イソプロパノール等のアルコール;アセトン、メチルエチルケトン等のケトン;エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール等のポリアルキレングリコール;ポリアルキレングリコールのアルキルエーテル;N-メチル-2-ピロリドン等のラクタム等が挙げられる。本発明では、水のみを用いても良く、また水及び水と混和する有機溶剤との混合物を用いても良く、水と混和する有機溶剤のみを用いても良い。安全性や環境に対する負荷の点から、水のみ、または、水及び水と混和する有機溶剤との混合物が好ましく、水のみが特に好ましい。
In the composition for forming a receiving layer of the present invention, as a constituent of the solid content, in addition to the urethane resin (C), a solvent such as an aqueous medium (D) or an organic solvent, a resin, a crosslink as necessary. It may contain other compounds such as an agent (G), a filler, a pH adjuster, a film forming aid, a leveling agent, a thickener, a water repellent, and an antifoaming agent.
Examples of the aqueous medium (D) usable for the solvent include water, organic solvents miscible with water, and mixtures thereof. Examples of the organic solvent miscible with water include alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, n-propanol and isopropanol; ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone; polyalkylene glycols such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol and propylene glycol; alkyl ethers of polyalkylene glycols And lactams such as N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone. In the present invention, only water may be used, a mixture of water and an organic solvent miscible with water may be used, or only an organic solvent miscible with water may be used. From the viewpoint of safety and load on the environment, water alone or a mixture of water and an organic solvent miscible with water is preferable, and only water is particularly preferable.
 前記水性媒体(D)等の溶媒は、前記受容層形成用樹脂組成物の全量に対して、30質量%~85質量%含まれることが好ましく、60質量%~85質量%含まれることがより好ましい。 The solvent such as the aqueous medium (D) is preferably contained in an amount of 30% by mass to 85% by mass and more preferably 60% by mass to 85% by mass with respect to the total amount of the resin composition for forming a receiving layer. preferable.
 また、前記その他の化合物に使用可能な前記樹脂としては、特に水性の顔料インク、導電性インク、めっき核剤等の流動体を用いた場合の印刷性及び細線性をより一層向上するうえで使用することが好ましい。 In addition, the resin that can be used for the other compounds is used to further improve the printability and fine lineability when using a fluid such as an aqueous pigment ink, a conductive ink, or a plating nucleating agent. It is preferable to do.
 前記樹脂としては、例えばアクリル樹脂等のビニル樹脂、ウレタン樹脂、ウレタン-ビニル複合樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、イミド樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、ポリビニルアルコール、ポリビニルピロリドン、ポリビニルアセタール、ポリアルキレンオキサイド、デンプン、メチルセルロース、ヒドロキシセルロース、ヒドロキシプロピルセルロース、ヒドロキシプロピルメチルセルロース、カルボキシメチルセルロース等のセルロース誘導体、ポリエチレンイミン、ポリアミド、各種の第4級アンモニウム塩基を有する水溶性樹脂、及びこれらの変性物等を使用することができる。 Examples of the resin include vinyl resins such as acrylic resins, urethane resins, urethane-vinyl composite resins, polyester resins, imide resins, epoxy resins, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, polyvinyl acetal, polyalkylene oxide, starch, methyl cellulose, and hydroxy cellulose. , Cellulose derivatives such as hydroxypropylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, polyethyleneimine, polyamide, water-soluble resins having various quaternary ammonium bases, modified products thereof, and the like can be used.
 前記硬化剤としては、加熱等によってブロック剤が解離し生成したイソシアネート基と反応しうる官能基を有する化合物を使用することができる。例えば、アクリルポリオール、ポリエステルポリオール、ポリエーテルポリオール、ポリカーボネートポリオールをはじめ、エチレングリコール、ジエチレンリコール、トリエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、1,3-プロパンジオール、1,3-ブタンジオール、1,4-ブタンジオール、ヘキサメチレングリコール、サッカロース、メチレングリコール、グリセリン、ソルビトール等の比較的低分子量のポリオールをはじめ、金属キレート化合物、ポリアミン化合物、アジリジン化合物、金属塩化合物等の、概ね25℃~100℃未満の比較的低温で反応し架橋構造を形成しうる化合物、メラミン系化合物、エポキシ系化合物、オキサゾリン化合物、カルボジイミド化合物等の概ね100℃以上の比較的高温で反応し架橋構造を形成しうる化合物を使用することができる。 As the curing agent, a compound having a functional group capable of reacting with an isocyanate group generated by dissociation of the blocking agent by heating or the like can be used. For example, acrylic polyol, polyester polyol, polyether polyol, polycarbonate polyol, ethylene glycol, diethylene recall, triethylene glycol, propylene glycol, 1,3-propanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol Relatively low molecular weight polyols such as hexamethylene glycol, saccharose, methylene glycol, glycerin, sorbitol, metal chelate compounds, polyamine compounds, aziridine compounds, metal salt compounds, etc. Compounds that can react at low temperatures to form a crosslinked structure, such as melamine compounds, epoxy compounds, oxazoline compounds, carbodiimide compounds, etc. The compound capable of forming may be used.
 前記架橋剤(G)としては、例えば金属キレート化合物、ポリアミン化合物、アジリジン化合物、金属塩化合物、イソシアネート化合物等の、概ね25℃~100℃未満の比較的低温で反応し架橋構造を形成しうる熱架橋剤(g1-1)、メラミン化合物、エポキシ化合物、オキサゾリン化合物、カルボジイミド化合物、及び、ブロックイソシアネート化合物からなる群より選ばれる1種以上等の概ね100℃以上の比較的高温で反応し架橋構造を形成しうる熱架橋剤(g1-2)、各種光架橋剤を使用することができる。 Examples of the crosslinking agent (G) include heat that can react at a relatively low temperature of about 25 ° C. to less than 100 ° C. to form a crosslinked structure, such as metal chelate compounds, polyamine compounds, aziridine compounds, metal salt compounds, and isocyanate compounds. A cross-linked structure reacts at a relatively high temperature of approximately 100 ° C. or higher, such as one or more selected from the group consisting of a cross-linking agent (g1-1), a melamine compound, an epoxy compound, an oxazoline compound, a carbodiimide compound, and a blocked isocyanate compound. A thermal crosslinking agent (g1-2) that can be formed and various photocrosslinking agents can be used.
 前記熱架橋剤(g1-1)を含む受容層形成用樹脂組成物であれば、例えばそれを支持体表面に塗布し、比較的低温で乾燥し、次いで、前記流動体を用いて印刷を施した後に、100℃未満の温度に加温し架橋構造を形成することで、長期にわたる熱や外力の影響によらず導電性物質及び顔料の欠落を防止可能なレベルの、格段に優れた耐久性を備えたインク受容基材を形成することができる。 In the case of a resin composition for forming a receiving layer containing the thermal crosslinking agent (g1-1), for example, it is applied to the surface of a support, dried at a relatively low temperature, and then printed using the fluid. After that, by forming a cross-linked structure by heating to a temperature of less than 100 ° C., it has excellent durability with a level that can prevent loss of conductive materials and pigments regardless of the influence of heat and external force over a long period of time. Can be formed.
 一方、前記熱架橋剤(g1-2)を含む受容層形成用樹脂組成物であれば、例えばそれを支持体表面に塗布し、常温(25℃)~概ね100℃未満の低温で乾燥することで、架橋構造を形成していないインク受容基材を製造し、次いで、インク等を用いて印刷を施した後に、例えば100℃以上、好ましくは120℃以上の温度で加熱し架橋構造を形成することで、長期間にわたる熱や外力等の影響によらず、インクの剥離等を引き起こさないレベルの格段に優れた耐久性を備えた印刷物等の導電性パターンを得ることができる。 On the other hand, if it is a resin composition for forming a receiving layer containing the thermal crosslinking agent (g1-2), for example, it is applied to the support surface and dried at a low temperature of from room temperature (25 ° C.) to less than about 100 ° C. Then, after manufacturing an ink receiving substrate that does not form a cross-linked structure and then printing using ink or the like, the cross-linked structure is formed by heating at a temperature of, for example, 100 ° C. or higher, preferably 120 ° C. or higher. As a result, it is possible to obtain a conductive pattern such as a printed matter having exceptionally excellent durability at a level that does not cause peeling of the ink regardless of the influence of heat or external force over a long period of time.
 前記架橋剤(G)を使用する場合、前記ウレタン樹脂(C)としては、前記架橋剤(G)が有する架橋性官能基と反応しうる基を有するものを使用することが好ましい。具体的には、前記(ブロック)イソシアネート化合物、メラミン化合物、オキサゾリン化合物、カルボジイミド化合物を架橋剤として使用する場合であれば、前記ウレタン樹脂(C)として水酸基、カルボキシル基を有するものを使用することが好ましい。 When the crosslinking agent (G) is used, it is preferable to use the urethane resin (C) having a group capable of reacting with the crosslinkable functional group of the crosslinking agent (G). Specifically, when the (block) isocyanate compound, melamine compound, oxazoline compound, and carbodiimide compound are used as a crosslinking agent, the urethane resin (C) may have a hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group. preferable.
 前記架橋剤(G)は、種類等によって異なるものの、通常、前記ウレタン樹脂(C)の全量に対して0.01質量%~60質量%の範囲で使用することが好ましく、0.1質量%~10質量%の範囲で使用することがより好ましく、0.1質量%~5質量%の範囲で使用することが、より一層、印刷性に優れた印刷画像を形成可能な受容層を形成するうえで好ましい。また、導電性インク等を用いて導電性パターンを形成する際にも、細線等の印刷部のにじみを引き起こすことなく、電子回路等の高密度化等の実現に供しうるレベルのより一層優れた細線性を付与し、前記受容層と支持体との密着性をより一層向上できるため好ましい。 Although the crosslinking agent (G) varies depending on the type and the like, it is usually preferable to use in the range of 0.01% by mass to 60% by mass with respect to the total amount of the urethane resin (C), and 0.1% by mass It is more preferably used in the range of ˜10% by mass, and the use in the range of 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass forms a receiving layer capable of forming a printed image with further excellent printability. In addition, it is preferable. In addition, even when forming a conductive pattern using conductive ink or the like, the level that can be used to realize higher density of electronic circuits or the like without causing bleeding of printed portions such as fine lines is much better. It is preferable because it can provide fine lineability and can further improve the adhesion between the receptor layer and the support.
 また、前記架橋剤(G)は、本発明の受容層形成用樹脂組成物を支持体表面に塗工または含浸する前に、予め添加して使用することが好ましい。 The cross-linking agent (G) is preferably added and used before coating or impregnating the support layer-forming resin composition of the present invention on the support surface.
 また、本発明の受容層形成用樹脂組成物に併用可能な前記その他の化合物としては、無機粒子等の各種充填材が挙げられる。しかし、本発明の受容層形成用組成物としては、前記充填材等の使用量はできるだけ少ないことが好ましく、本発明の受容層形成用組成物の全量に対して5質量%以下であることがより好ましい。 In addition, examples of the other compound that can be used in combination with the resin composition for forming a receiving layer of the present invention include various fillers such as inorganic particles. However, in the composition for forming a receiving layer of the present invention, the amount of the filler used is preferably as small as possible, and is 5% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition for forming a receiving layer of the present invention. More preferred.
 前記その他の化合物の使用量は、前記受容層形成用組成物に含まれる固形分に対して0質量%~50質量%の範囲であることが好ましく、0質量%~30質量%の範囲であることがより好ましい。 The amount of the other compound used is preferably in the range of 0% by mass to 50% by mass, and in the range of 0% by mass to 30% by mass with respect to the solid content contained in the composition for forming the receiving layer. It is more preferable.
 前記受容層形成用組成物を用いて形成可能な受容層は、それを構成するウレタン樹脂(C)等が、インク等の流動体中に含まれる溶媒によって適度に溶解され、前記溶媒を吸収することで、前記流動体中に含まれる金属等の導電性物質や顔料をその受容層表面に精度よく定着することが可能な膨潤タイプであるため、にじみのない導電性パターン等の印刷物を得ることが可能なものである。また、本発明の受容層形成用組成物は、従来知られる多孔質タイプの受容層と比較して透明な受容層を形成することが可能である。 In the receiving layer that can be formed using the receiving layer forming composition, the urethane resin (C) constituting the receiving layer is appropriately dissolved by a solvent contained in a fluid such as ink and absorbs the solvent. Thus, since it is a swelling type capable of accurately fixing conductive materials such as metals and pigments contained in the fluid to the surface of the receiving layer, printed matter such as conductive patterns without bleeding can be obtained. Is possible. In addition, the composition for forming a receiving layer of the present invention can form a transparent receiving layer as compared with a conventionally known porous type receiving layer.
 次に、本発明の、前記流動体の受容基材について説明する。 Next, the fluid receiving substrate of the present invention will be described.
 本発明の受容基材は、各種支持体表面の一部または全部、ならびに、支持体の片面または両面に、前記受容層形成用組成物を用いて形成される受容層を有するものである。 The receiving substrate of the present invention has a receiving layer formed by using the receiving layer forming composition on a part or all of the surfaces of various supports and on one or both sides of the support.
 前記受容層は、前記受容層の表面に前記流動体が接触した場合に、前記流動体中の溶媒を吸収等し、前記受容層表面に導電性物質や顔料を担持する層である。例えば前記流動体として顔料インクを用いた場合であれば、にじみ等のない高鮮明な印刷物を形成できるし、前記流動体として導電性インクを用いた場合であれば、にじみ等のない導電性パターンを形成できるし、前記流動体としてめっき核剤を用いた場合であれば、めっき核が受容層表面にムラなく、均一に担持された積層体を形成することができる。 The receptor layer is a layer that absorbs a solvent in the fluid when the fluid contacts the surface of the receptor layer and carries a conductive substance or pigment on the surface of the receptor layer. For example, if a pigment ink is used as the fluid, it is possible to form a highly clear printed matter without bleeding, and if a conductive ink is used as the fluid, a conductive pattern without bleeding. If a plating nucleating agent is used as the fluid, a laminated body in which the plating nuclei are uniformly supported on the surface of the receiving layer can be formed.
 前記受容層は、支持体上に積層されていてもよいが、受容層の一部が支持体に含浸していてもよい。 The receiving layer may be laminated on the support, but a part of the receiving layer may be impregnated in the support.
 本発明の受容基材は、前記受容層形成用組成物を支持体の片面または両面の一部または全部に塗布し、その塗布面に含まれる水性媒体(D)を揮発させる方法、または、支持体が繊維基材である場合には、受容層形成用組成物を前記支持体中に含浸させ、前記水性媒体(D)を揮発させる方法によって製造することができる。 The receiving substrate of the present invention is a method in which the receiving layer-forming composition is applied to a part or all of one side or both sides of a support, and the aqueous medium (D) contained in the applied surface is volatilized or supported. When the body is a fiber substrate, it can be produced by a method of impregnating the support layer-forming composition into the support and volatilizing the aqueous medium (D).
 前記支持体としては、例えば、上質紙、コート紙、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリアミドイミド樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンナフタレート、ポリカーボネート、アクリロニトリル-ブタジエン-スチレン(ABS)、ポリ(メタ)アクリル酸メチル等のアクリル樹脂、ポリフッ化ビニリデン、ポリ塩化ビニル、ポリ塩化ビニリデン、ポリビニルアルコール、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、ウレタン樹脂、セルロースナノファイバー、シリコン、セラミックス、ガラス等からなる支持体、それらからなる多孔質の支持体、鋼板や銅等の金属からなる支持体等を使用することができる。 Examples of the support include fine paper, coated paper, polyimide resin, polyamideimide resin, polyamide resin, polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polycarbonate, acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene (ABS), poly (meth) acrylate, and the like. Support made of acrylic resin, polyvinylidene fluoride, polyvinyl chloride, polyvinylidene chloride, polyvinyl alcohol, polyethylene, polypropylene, urethane resin, cellulose nanofiber, silicon, ceramics, glass, etc., porous support made of them, A support made of a metal such as a steel plate or copper can be used.
 また、前記支持体としては、例えば、ポリエステル繊維、ポリアミド繊維、アラミド繊維等の合成繊維、綿、麻等の天然繊維等からなる基材を使用することもできる。前記繊維には、予め加工が施されていてもよい。 Also, as the support, for example, a base material made of synthetic fibers such as polyester fibers, polyamide fibers, and aramid fibers, natural fibers such as cotton and hemp can be used. The fibers may be processed in advance.
 前記支持体上に前記受容層形成用組成物を塗布または含浸する方法としては、公知慣用の方法を用いることができ、例えば、グラビア方式、コーティング方式、スクリーン方式、ローラー方式、ロータリー方式、スプレー方式等を適用することができる。 As a method of applying or impregnating the composition for forming a receiving layer on the support, known and conventional methods can be used, for example, gravure method, coating method, screen method, roller method, rotary method, spray method. Etc. can be applied.
 また、本発明の受容層形成用組成物を支持体表面の一部または全部に塗布または含浸した後、該組成物中に含まれうる溶媒を除去する方法としては、特に限定されるものではないが、例えば、乾燥機を用いて乾燥させる方法が一般的である。乾燥温度としては、前記溶媒を揮発させることが可能で、かつ支持体に悪影響を与えない範囲の温度に設定すればよい。また、流動体を塗布した後に、前記受容層中に結合を形成する場合には、前記ブロック剤が解離しイソシアネート基が生成されない程度の温度で乾燥することが好ましい。 In addition, the method for removing the solvent that may be contained in the composition after coating or impregnating the support layer-forming composition of the present invention on part or all of the surface of the support is not particularly limited. However, for example, a method of drying using a dryer is common. The drying temperature may be set to a temperature that can volatilize the solvent and does not adversely affect the support. When a bond is formed in the receiving layer after applying the fluid, it is preferable to dry at a temperature at which the blocking agent is dissociated and isocyanate groups are not generated.
 支持体上への前記受容層形成用組成物の付着量は、非常に高いレベルの発色性を維持し、かつ良好な生産効率を維持する観点から、支持体の面積に対して3g/m~60g/mの範囲であることが好ましく、流動体中に含まれる溶媒の吸収性と製造コストを勘案すると20g/m~40g/mが特に好ましい。 The adhesion amount of the composition for forming a receiving layer on the support is 3 g / m 2 with respect to the area of the support from the viewpoint of maintaining a very high level of color developability and maintaining good production efficiency. It is preferably in the range of ˜60 g / m 2 , and 20 g / m 2 to 40 g / m 2 is particularly preferred in consideration of the absorbability of the solvent contained in the fluid and the production cost.
 また、前記支持体への前記受容層形成用組成物の付着量を増加させることで、得られる印刷物の発色性をより一層向上させることができる。ただし、付着量が増加すると、印刷物の風合いが若干硬くなる傾向があるため、印刷物の使用用途等に応じて、適宜調整することが好ましい。 Further, by increasing the adhesion amount of the composition for forming a receiving layer on the support, it is possible to further improve the color developability of the obtained printed matter. However, since the texture of the printed matter tends to be slightly harder as the adhesion amount increases, it is preferable to adjust appropriately according to the use purpose of the printed matter.
 したがって、本発明の受容基材は、にじみやクラックを引き起こすことなく優れた印刷性と耐水性とを備えた印刷画像を形成できることから、例えば看板、車体広告、のぼり旗等の屋内外広告等に使用可能である。 Therefore, since the receiving substrate of the present invention can form a printed image having excellent printability and water resistance without causing bleeding or cracking, it can be used for indoor and outdoor advertisements such as signboards, body advertisements, and banners. It can be used.
 前記受容基材への印刷に使用可能な流動体は、概ね25℃におけるB型粘度計で測定した粘度が0.1mPa・s~500,000mPa・s、好ましくは0.5mPa・s~10,000mPa・sである液状または粘稠液状のものを指し、導電性物質や顔料等が溶媒中に分散等したものである。前記流動体をインクジェット印刷法によって印刷等する場合には、前記0.5mPa・s~10000mPa・sの粘度範囲の流動体を使用することが好ましい。 The fluid that can be used for printing on the receiving substrate has a viscosity measured by a B-type viscometer at approximately 25 ° C. of 0.1 mPa · s to 500,000 mPa · s, preferably 0.5 mPa · s to 10, A liquid or viscous liquid having a viscosity of 000 mPa · s, in which a conductive substance, a pigment, or the like is dispersed in a solvent. When the fluid is printed by an inkjet printing method, it is preferable to use a fluid having a viscosity range of 0.5 mPa · s to 10000 mPa · s.
 前記流動体としては、具体的には導電性インク、顔料インク等の印刷インク、めっき処理を施す際に使用することのあるめっき核剤等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the fluid include printing inks such as conductive inks and pigment inks, and plating nucleating agents that may be used when plating is performed.
 前記流動体としては、例えば顔料が水性媒体中に分散等した水性顔料インクが挙げられる。 Examples of the fluid include an aqueous pigment ink in which a pigment is dispersed in an aqueous medium.
 前記水性媒体としては、水のみを使用してもよいし、水と水溶性溶剤の混合溶液を使用してもよい。前記水溶性溶剤としては、例えばメチルアルコール、エチルアルコール、イソプロピルアルコール、エチルカルビトール、エチルセロソルブ、ブチルセロソルブ等のアルコール、N-メチルピロリドン等の極性溶剤を使用することができる。 As the aqueous medium, only water or a mixed solution of water and a water-soluble solvent may be used. Examples of the water-soluble solvent include alcohols such as methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbitol, ethyl cellosolve, and butyl cellosolve, and polar solvents such as N-methylpyrrolidone.
 前記水性媒体に分散または溶解しうる顔料としては、例えば、キナクリドン系顔料、アンスラキノン系顔料、ペリレン系顔料、ペリノン系顔料、ジケトピロロピロール系顔料、イソインドリノン系顔料、縮合アゾ系顔料、ベンズイミダゾロン系顔料、モノアゾ系顔料、不溶性アゾ系顔料、ナフトール系顔料、フラバンスロン系顔料、アンスラピリミジン系顔料、キノフタロン系顔料、ピランスロン系顔料、ピラゾロン系顔料、チオインジゴ系顔料、アンスアンスロン系顔料、ジオキサジン系顔料、フタロシアニン系顔料、インダンスロン系等の有機顔料;ニッケルジオキシンイエロー、銅アゾメチンイエロー等の金属錯体;酸化チタン、酸化鉄、酸化亜鉛等の金属酸化物、硫酸バリウム、炭酸カルシウム等の金属塩、カーボンブラック、雲母等の無機顔料、アルミニウム等の金属微粉、マイカ微粉等を使用することができる。顔料は、水性顔料インクの全量に対して好ましくは0.5質量%~15質量%、より好ましくは1質量%~10質量%の範囲で使用することが好ましい。 Examples of the pigment that can be dispersed or dissolved in the aqueous medium include quinacridone pigments, anthraquinone pigments, perylene pigments, perinone pigments, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, isoindolinone pigments, condensed azo pigments, Benzimidazolone pigments, monoazo pigments, insoluble azo pigments, naphthol pigments, flavanthrone pigments, anthrapyrimidine pigments, quinophthalone pigments, pyranthrone pigments, pyrazolone pigments, thioindigo pigments, anthanthrone pigments, Organic pigments such as dioxazine pigments, phthalocyanine pigments, and indanthrone; metal complexes such as nickel dioxin yellow and copper azomethine yellow; metal oxides such as titanium oxide, iron oxide, and zinc oxide, barium sulfate, calcium carbonate, etc. Metal salt, carbon black, clouds Inorganic pigments etc., fine metal powder such as aluminum, mica fine powder and the like can be used. The pigment is preferably used in an amount of 0.5 to 15% by mass, more preferably 1 to 10% by mass, based on the total amount of the aqueous pigment ink.
 また、前記流動体としては、顔料等が有機溶剤からなる溶媒中に溶解又は分散した溶剤系顔料インクを使用することもできる。 Further, as the fluid, a solvent-based pigment ink in which a pigment or the like is dissolved or dispersed in a solvent composed of an organic solvent can also be used.
 前記有機溶剤としては、例えばインクジェットヘッドの乾燥や目詰まりを防止する観点から、アルコール、エーテル、エステル及びケトン等であって、沸点100~250℃のものを使用することが好ましく、沸点120~220℃のものがより好ましい。 As the organic solvent, for example, alcohol, ether, ester, ketone and the like having a boiling point of 100 to 250 ° C., preferably having a boiling point of 120 to 220, are used from the viewpoint of preventing drying and clogging of the inkjet head. More preferred is one at ° C.
 前記アルコールとしては、例えば、エチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール、テトラエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、ジプロピレングリコール等を使用することができる。 As the alcohol, for example, ethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol and the like can be used.
 エーテルとしては、例えば、エチレングリコールモノ(メチル、エチル、ブチル、フェニル、ベンジル、エチルヘキシル)エーテル、エチレングリコールジ(メチル、エチル、ブチル)エーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノ(メチル、エチル、ブチル)エーテル、ジエチレングリコールジ(メチル、エチル、ブチル)エーテル、テトラエチレングリコールモノ(メチル、エチル、ブチル)エーテル、テトラエチレングリコールジ(メチル、エチル、ブチル)エーテル、プロピレングリコールモノ(メチル、エチル、ブチル)エーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノ(メチル、エチル)エーテル、トリプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル等を使用することができる。 Examples of ethers include ethylene glycol mono (methyl, ethyl, butyl, phenyl, benzyl, ethylhexyl) ether, ethylene glycol di (methyl, ethyl, butyl) ether, diethylene glycol mono (methyl, ethyl, butyl) ether, diethylene glycol di ( Methyl, ethyl, butyl) ether, tetraethylene glycol mono (methyl, ethyl, butyl) ether, tetraethylene glycol di (methyl, ethyl, butyl) ether, propylene glycol mono (methyl, ethyl, butyl) ether, dipropylene glycol mono (Methyl, ethyl) ether, tripropylene glycol monomethyl ether and the like can be used.
 エステルとしては、例えば、エチレングリコールモノ(メチル、エチル、ブチル)エーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールジ(メチル、エチル、ブチル)エーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノ(メチル、エチル、ブチル)エーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールジ(メチル、エチル、ブチル)エーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノ(メチル、エチル、ブチル)エーテルアセテート、ジプロピレングリコールモノ(メチル、エチル)エーテルアセテート、トリプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、2-(メトキシ、エトキシ、ブトキシ)エチルアセテート、2-エチルヘキシルアセテート、フタル酸ジメチル、フタル酸ジエチル、乳酸ブチル等が挙げられる。ケトン類としては、シクロヘキサノン等が挙げられる。 Examples of esters include ethylene glycol mono (methyl, ethyl, butyl) ether acetate, ethylene glycol di (methyl, ethyl, butyl) ether acetate, diethylene glycol mono (methyl, ethyl, butyl) ether acetate, diethylene glycol di (methyl, ethyl) , Butyl) ether acetate, propylene glycol mono (methyl, ethyl, butyl) ether acetate, dipropylene glycol mono (methyl, ethyl) ether acetate, tripropylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 2- (methoxy, ethoxy, butoxy) ethyl acetate, Examples include 2-ethylhexyl acetate, dimethyl phthalate, diethyl phthalate, and butyl lactate. Examples of ketones include cyclohexanone.
 なかでも、ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、テトラエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、テトラエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートを使用することが好ましい。 Of these, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, tetraethylene glycol monobutyl ether, tetraethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate are preferably used.
 前記溶剤系顔料インクに使用する顔料としては、前記水性顔料インクに使用可能なものとして例示した顔料と同様のものを使用することができる。 As the pigment used in the solvent-based pigment ink, the same pigments exemplified as those usable in the aqueous pigment ink can be used.
 本発明の受容基材は、前記水性顔料インク、溶剤系顔料インクからなる顔料インクのうち、特に溶剤系の顔料インクを用いて印刷する場合に好適に使用することができる。 The receiving substrate of the present invention can be suitably used particularly when printing is performed using a solvent-based pigment ink among the pigment inks composed of the water-based pigment ink and the solvent-based pigment ink.
 前記顔料インクを用いて本発明の受容基材に印刷する方法としては、各種印刷法を適用できるが、インクジェット印刷法、スクリーン印刷法、凸版反転印刷法またはグラビアオフセット印刷法を採用することが好ましい。 Various printing methods can be applied as a method for printing on the receiving substrate of the present invention using the pigment ink, but it is preferable to employ an inkjet printing method, a screen printing method, a letterpress reverse printing method, or a gravure offset printing method. .
 また、本発明の受容基材は、前記流動体として導電性物質を含む導電性インクに対しても優れた印刷性を有し、例えば電子回路等の導電性パターンを形成する際に求められる、概ね0.01μm~200μm程度、好ましくは0.01μm~150μm程度の幅からなる細線を、にじみを引き起こすことなく印刷することが可能である(細線性)。そのため、本発明の受容基材は、銀インク等を用いた電子回路の形成、有機太陽電池、電子書籍端末、有機EL、有機トランジスタ、フレキシブルプリント基板、RFID等を構成する各層や周辺配線の形成、プラズマディスプレイの電磁波シールドの配線の製造等の、一般にプリンテッド・エレクトロニクス分野といわれる新規分野で好適にすることができる。 Further, the receiving substrate of the present invention has excellent printability for conductive ink containing a conductive substance as the fluid, and is required when forming a conductive pattern such as an electronic circuit, for example. It is possible to print fine lines having a width of about 0.01 μm to 200 μm, preferably about 0.01 μm to 150 μm without causing bleeding (thin lineability). Therefore, the receiving substrate of the present invention is formed of an electronic circuit using silver ink or the like, an organic solar cell, an electronic book terminal, an organic EL, an organic transistor, a flexible printed circuit board, an RFID or the like, and each layer or peripheral wiring. In addition, it can be suitably used in a new field generally referred to as a printed electronics field, such as manufacturing of an electromagnetic shielding wire for a plasma display.
 前記導電性パターンの形成に使用可能な本発明の受容基材(導電性インク受容基材)は、前記と同様に、各種支持体の表面の一部または全部に、前記受容層形成用組成物を用いて形成された受容層を有するものである。前記受容層は、支持体上に積層されていてもよいが、前記受容層の一部が支持体に含浸していてもよい。また、前記受容層は、支持体の片面または両面のいずれに設けられていてもよく、その表面の一部または全部に塗布されていても良い。 The receiving substrate (conductive ink receiving substrate) of the present invention that can be used for forming the conductive pattern is similar to the above in that the receiving layer-forming composition is formed on part or all of the surface of various supports. It has a receiving layer formed using. The receptor layer may be laminated on a support, but a part of the receptor layer may be impregnated in the support. Moreover, the said receiving layer may be provided in either the single side | surface or both surfaces of a support body, and may be apply | coated to the one part or all part of the surface.
 本発明の受容基材は、前記受容層形成用組成物を、支持体の片面または両面の一部または全部に塗布、含浸させた後、前記導電性受容層形成用組成物中に含まれる水性媒体(B)を除去することによって、製造することができる。 In the receiving substrate of the present invention, the composition for forming a receiving layer is applied to and impregnated part or all of one side or both sides of a support, and then contained in the composition for forming a conductive receiving layer. It can be manufactured by removing the medium (B).
 前記導電性パターンを製造する際に、前記受容層を積層するのに適した支持体としては、例えば、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリアミドイミド樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンナフタレート、ポリカーボネート、アクリロニトリル-ブタジエン-スチレン(ABS)、ポリ(メタ)アクリル酸メチル等のアクリル樹脂、ポリフッ化ビニリデン、ポリ塩化ビニル、ポリ塩化ビニリデン、ポリビニルアルコール、ポリカーボネート、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、ウレタン樹脂、セルロースナノファイバー、シリコン、セラミックス、ガラス等からなる支持体、それらからなる多孔質の支持体、鋼板や銅等の金属からなる支持体等を使用することができる。 Examples of the support suitable for laminating the receptor layer in producing the conductive pattern include polyimide resin, polyamideimide resin, polyamide resin, polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polycarbonate, acrylonitrile-butadiene- Acrylic resins such as styrene (ABS) and poly (meth) methyl acrylate, polyvinylidene fluoride, polyvinyl chloride, polyvinylidene chloride, polyvinyl alcohol, polycarbonate, polyethylene, polypropylene, urethane resin, cellulose nanofiber, silicon, ceramics, glass Etc., a porous support made of them, a support made of a metal such as a steel plate or copper, and the like can be used.
 なかでも、前記支持体としては、一般に、回路基板等の導電性パターンを形成する際の支持体として使用されることの多い、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンナフタレート、ガラス、セルロースナノファイバーなどからなる支持体を使用することが好ましい。 Among these, as the support, generally used as a support in forming a conductive pattern such as a circuit board, from polyimide resin, polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, glass, cellulose nanofiber, etc. It is preferable to use a support.
 また、前記支持体のうち、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンナフタレート、ポリカーボネート、アクリロニトリル-ブタジエン-スチレン(ABS)、アクリル樹脂、ガラス等からなる基材は、一般に難付着性であるため、樹脂等が密着しにくい場合が多い。 In addition, among the above supports, substrates made of polyimide resin, polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polycarbonate, acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene (ABS), acrylic resin, glass, etc. are generally difficult to adhere, so resins, etc. Is often difficult to adhere.
 また、前記支持体としては、柔軟性が必要な用途等に使用される場合は、比較的柔軟で折り曲げ等が可能なものを使用することが、導電性パターンに柔軟性を付与し、折り曲げ可能な最終製品を得るうえで好ましい。具体的には、一軸延伸等することによって形成されたフィルムまたはシート状の支持体を使用することが好ましい。 In addition, when the support is used for applications that require flexibility, it is possible to use a material that is relatively flexible and capable of being bent. It is preferable for obtaining a final product. Specifically, it is preferable to use a film or sheet-like support formed by uniaxial stretching or the like.
 前記フィルムまたはシート状の支持体としては、例えばポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルム、ポリイミドフィルム、ポリエチレンナフタレートフィルム等が挙げられる。 Examples of the film or sheet-like support include a polyethylene terephthalate film, a polyimide film, and a polyethylene naphthalate film.
 前記支持体表面の一部または全部に、前記受容層形成用組成物を塗布又は含浸する方法としては、公知慣用の方法を用いることができ、例えば、グラビア方式、コーティング方式、スクリーン方式、ローラー方式、ロータリー方式、スプレー方式、インクジェット方式等を適用することができる。 As a method of applying or impregnating the receiving layer forming composition to a part or all of the support surface, a known and commonly used method can be used, for example, gravure method, coating method, screen method, roller method. A rotary method, a spray method, an ink jet method, or the like can be applied.
 また、本発明の受容層形成用組成物を支持体表面の一部または全部に塗布または含浸した後、該組成物中に含まれうる水性媒体(D)を除去する方法としては、特に限定されるものではないが、例えば、乾燥機を用いて乾燥させる方法が一般的である。乾燥温度としては、前記溶媒を揮発させることが可能で、かつ支持体に悪影響を与えない範囲の温度に設定すればよい。 The method for removing the aqueous medium (D) that can be contained in the composition after coating or impregnating the support layer-forming composition of the present invention on part or all of the surface of the support is particularly limited. For example, a method of drying using a dryer is common. The drying temperature may be set to a temperature that can volatilize the solvent and does not adversely affect the support.
 前記支持体表面への前記受容層形成用組成物の付着量は、導電性インク等の流動体中に含まれる溶媒量や、導電性パターン等の厚さ等を勘案し、支持体の面積に対して樹脂固形分として、0.01g/m~20g/mの範囲であることが好ましく、流動体中の溶媒の吸収性と製造コストを勘案すると0.01g/m~10g/mが特に好ましい。 The amount of the composition for forming the receiving layer on the surface of the support is determined based on the area of the support in consideration of the amount of the solvent contained in the fluid such as conductive ink and the thickness of the conductive pattern. On the other hand, the resin solid content is preferably in the range of 0.01 g / m 2 to 20 g / m 2 , taking into account the absorbability of the solvent in the fluid and the production cost, 0.01 g / m 2 to 10 g / m. 2 is particularly preferred.
 また、支持体表面への前記受容層形成用組成物の付着量を増加させることで、受容基材の細線性をより一層向上させることができる。ただし、付着量が増加すると、受容基材の風合いが若干硬くなる傾向があるため、例えば、折り曲げ可能なフレキシブルプリント基板等の良好な柔軟性の求められる場合には、概ね0.02g/m~10g/m程度の比較的薄めにすることが好ましい。一方、用途等によっては、概ね10g/m~100g/m程度の比較的厚膜となる態様で使用してもよい。
→膜厚の下限を変更しました。
Moreover, the fine-line property of a receiving base material can be improved further by increasing the adhesion amount of the said composition for receiving layer formation to the support body surface. However, when the adhesion amount increases, the texture of the receiving base material tends to be slightly hard. For example, when good flexibility such as a flexible printed board that can be bent is required, the texture is generally 0.02 g / m 2. It is preferable to make it relatively thin, about ˜10 g / m 2 . On the other hand, depending on the application, etc., it may be used in such a mode that it becomes a relatively thick film of about 10 g / m 2 to 100 g / m 2 .
→ The lower limit of film thickness has been changed.
 前記方法で得られた本発明の受容基材は、前記流動体として導電性インクを用いた場合にも好適に使用でき、例えば前記したプリンテッドエレクトロニクス分野において、もっぱら導電性パターン等の形成に好適に使用できる。より具体的には、電子回路や集積回路等に使用される回路形成用基板に好適に使用することができる。 The receiving substrate of the present invention obtained by the above method can be suitably used even when a conductive ink is used as the fluid. For example, in the printed electronics field described above, it is suitable only for the formation of a conductive pattern or the like. Can be used for More specifically, it can be suitably used for a circuit forming substrate used for an electronic circuit, an integrated circuit, or the like.
 前記受容基材及び回路形成用基板には、前記流動体として導電性インクを用いて印刷を施すことができる。具体的には、前記受容基材を構成する受容層上に、導電性インクを用いて印刷を施し、次いで、焼成工程を経ることによって、前記受容基材上に、例えば導電性インク中に含まれる銀等の金属からなる導電性物質からなる導電性パターンを形成することができる。 The receiving substrate and the circuit forming substrate can be printed using conductive ink as the fluid. Specifically, printing is carried out using a conductive ink on the receiving layer constituting the receiving substrate, and then a baking step is performed, for example, in the conductive ink on the receiving substrate. A conductive pattern made of a conductive material made of a metal such as silver can be formed.
 前記流動体として使用可能な導電性インクとしては、前記顔料インク等と同様に、概ね25℃におけるB型粘度計で測定した粘度が0.1mPa・s~500,000mPa・s、好ましくは0.5mPa・s~10,000mPa・sである液状または粘稠液状のものを指し、導電性物質や顔料等が溶媒中に分散等したものである。前記流動体をインクジェット印刷法によって印刷等する場合には、前記0.5mPa・s~10000mPa・sの粘度範囲の流動体を使用することが好ましい。 As the conductive ink that can be used as the fluid, the viscosity measured by a B-type viscometer at about 25 ° C. is about 0.1 mPa · s to 500,000 mPa · s, preferably about 0. A liquid or viscous liquid having a viscosity of 5 mPa · s to 10,000 mPa · s, in which a conductive substance, a pigment or the like is dispersed in a solvent. When the fluid is printed by an inkjet printing method, it is preferable to use a fluid having a viscosity range of 0.5 mPa · s to 10000 mPa · s.
 前記導電性インクとしては、例えば導電性物質と溶媒と、必要に応じて分散剤等の添加剤を含有するものを使用することができる。 As the conductive ink, for example, an ink containing a conductive substance, a solvent, and, if necessary, an additive such as a dispersant can be used.
 前記導電性物質としては、遷移金属またはその化合物を使用することができる。なかでもイオン性の遷移金属を使用することが好ましく、例えば銅、銀、金、ニッケル、パラジウム、白金、コバルト等の遷移金属を使用することが好ましく、銀、金、銅等を使用することが、電気抵抗が低く、腐食に強い導電性パターンを形成できるのでより好ましい。 As the conductive substance, a transition metal or a compound thereof can be used. Among them, it is preferable to use an ionic transition metal, for example, it is preferable to use a transition metal such as copper, silver, gold, nickel, palladium, platinum, cobalt, and to use silver, gold, copper, or the like. It is more preferable because a conductive pattern having low electric resistance and strong against corrosion can be formed.
 前記導電性物質としては、概ね1nm~50nm程度の平均粒径を有する粒子状のものを使用することが好ましい。なお、前記平均粒径は、中心粒径(D50)を意味するものであり、レーザー回折散乱式粒度分布測定装置で測定した場合の値を示す。 As the conductive material, it is preferable to use a particulate material having an average particle diameter of about 1 nm to 50 nm. In addition, the said average particle diameter means a center particle diameter (D50), and shows the value at the time of measuring with a laser diffraction scattering type particle size distribution measuring apparatus.
 前記金属等の導電性物質は、前記導電性インクの全量に対して10質量%~60質量%の範囲で含まれることが好ましい。 The conductive substance such as metal is preferably contained in the range of 10% by mass to 60% by mass with respect to the total amount of the conductive ink.
 前記導電性インクに使用する溶媒は、各種有機溶剤をはじめ、水等の水性媒体を使用することができる。本発明の受容基材は、溶剤系の導電性インクを用いる場合に好適に使用することができる。 As the solvent used for the conductive ink, various organic solvents and an aqueous medium such as water can be used. The receiving substrate of the present invention can be suitably used when a solvent-based conductive ink is used.
 本発明では、前記導電性インクの溶媒として主に有機溶剤を含む溶剤系導電性インク、前記溶媒として主に水を含む水性導電性インク、更には、前記有機溶剤及び水の両方を含む導電性インクを適宜選択し使用することができる。 In the present invention, a solvent-based conductive ink mainly containing an organic solvent as the solvent of the conductive ink, an aqueous conductive ink mainly containing water as the solvent, and a conductive material containing both the organic solvent and water. Ink can be appropriately selected and used.
 なかでも、形成する導電性パターン等の細線性及び密着性等を向上する観点から、前記導電性インクの溶媒として前記有機溶剤及び水の両方を含む導電性インク、前記導電性インクの溶媒として主に有機溶剤を含む溶剤系導電性インクを使用することが好ましく、前記導電性インクの溶媒として主に有機溶剤を含む溶剤系導電性インクを使用することがより好ましい。 Among these, from the viewpoint of improving the fineness and adhesion of the conductive pattern to be formed, the conductive ink containing both the organic solvent and water as the solvent of the conductive ink, and the main solvent as the solvent of the conductive ink. It is preferable to use a solvent-based conductive ink containing an organic solvent, and it is more preferable to use a solvent-based conductive ink mainly containing an organic solvent as a solvent for the conductive ink.
 特に、本発明の受容基材の有する受容層は、もっぱら前記有機溶剤として、極性溶剤を含む導電性インクと組み合わせて使用することが、前記極性溶剤によって引き起こされうるにじみや密着性の低下等を十分に防止でき、電子回路等の高密度化等の実現に供しうるレベルの細線性を実現することができるため好ましい。 In particular, the receiving layer of the receiving substrate of the present invention can be used exclusively in combination with a conductive ink containing a polar solvent as the organic solvent, which can cause bleeding and reduced adhesion, etc., caused by the polar solvent. This is preferable because it can be sufficiently prevented and a level of fineness that can be used for realizing higher density of electronic circuits and the like can be realized.
 前記溶剤系の導電性インクに使用する溶媒としては、例えばメタノール、n-プロパノール、イソプロピルアルコール、n-ブタノール、イソブチルアルコール、sec-ブタノール、tert-ブタノール、ヘプタノール、ヘキサノール、オクタノール、ノナノール、デカノール、ウンデカノール、ドデカノール、トリデカノール、テトラデカノール、ペンタデカノール、ステアリルアルコール、アリルアルコール、シクロヘキサノール、テルピネオール、ターピネオール、ジヒドロターピネオール等のアルコール系溶剤、2-エチル1,3-ヘキサンジオール、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール、ポリエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、ジプロピレングリコール、1,2-ブタンジオール、1,3-ブタンジオール、1,4-ブタンジオール、2,3-ブタンジオール等のグリコール系溶剤、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジブチルエーテル、テトラエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、テトラエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、トリプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、トリプロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールジアセテート、プロピレングリコールフェニルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールジメチルエーテル等のグリコールエーテル系溶剤、グリセリンをはじめとする極性溶剤を使用することができる。 Examples of the solvent used in the solvent-based conductive ink include methanol, n-propanol, isopropyl alcohol, n-butanol, isobutyl alcohol, sec-butanol, tert-butanol, heptanol, hexanol, octanol, nonanol, decanol, and undecanol. , Dodecanol, tridecanol, tetradecanol, pentadecanol, stearyl alcohol, allyl alcohol, cyclohexanol, terpineol, terpineol, dihydroterpineol and other alcohol solvents, 2-ethyl 1,3-hexanediol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, tri Ethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, 1,2-butanedio Glycol solvents such as 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 2,3-butanediol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl Ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol Rudibutyl ether, tetraethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetraethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, tripropylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether, dipropylene glycol monopropyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, di Glycols such as propylene glycol monobutyl ether, tripropylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol diacetate, propylene glycol phenyl ether, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether A polar solvent such as an ether ether solvent and glycerin can be used.
 前記極性溶剤のなかでも、水酸基を有する溶剤を使用することが、導電性パターン等のにじみや細線性を防止し、かつ、前記導電性インク中に含まれる導電性物質の受容層表面からの欠落を防止するうえで好ましい。 Among the polar solvents, use of a solvent having a hydroxyl group prevents bleeding and fine lineability of a conductive pattern and the like, and lack of a conductive substance contained in the conductive ink from the surface of the receiving layer. It is preferable for preventing the above.
 また、前記溶剤系導電性インクは、物性調整のため、アセトン、シクロヘキサノン、メチルエチルケトン等のケトン系溶剤を組み合わせて使用することができる。その他、酢酸エチル、酢酸ブチル、3―メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メトキシ-3-メチル-ブチルアセテート等のエステル系溶剤、トルエン等の炭化水素系溶剤、特に炭素数が8以上の炭化水素系溶剤、例えば、オクタン、ノナン、デカン、ドデカン、トリデカン、テトラデカン、シクロオクタン、キシレン、メシチレン、エチルベンゼン、ドデシルベンゼン、テトラリン、トリメチルベンゼンシクロヘキサン等の非極性溶剤を、必要に応じて組み合わせて使用することもできる。更に、混合溶剤であるミネラルスピリット及びソルベントナフサ等の溶媒を併用することもできる。 Also, the solvent-based conductive ink can be used in combination with a ketone-based solvent such as acetone, cyclohexanone, methyl ethyl ketone, etc., for adjusting physical properties. In addition, ester solvents such as ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methoxy-3-methyl-butyl acetate, hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene, especially hydrocarbon solvents having 8 or more carbon atoms, For example, nonpolar solvents such as octane, nonane, decane, dodecane, tridecane, tetradecane, cyclooctane, xylene, mesitylene, ethylbenzene, dodecylbenzene, tetralin, and trimethylbenzenecyclohexane can be used in combination as necessary. Furthermore, solvents such as mineral spirits and solvent naphtha, which are mixed solvents, can be used in combination.
 しかし、本発明の受容層形成用組成物を用いて形成される受容層は、特に極性溶剤を含む導電性インクと組み合わせて使用することが好ましいから、前記非極性溶剤は、前記導電性インク中に含まれる溶媒の全量に対して0質量%~40質量%であることがより好ましい。 However, since the receiving layer formed using the composition for forming a receiving layer of the present invention is preferably used in combination with a conductive ink containing a polar solvent, the nonpolar solvent is contained in the conductive ink. More preferably, it is 0% by mass to 40% by mass with respect to the total amount of the solvent contained in.
 また、前記導電性インクの溶媒に使用可能な水性媒体としては、例えば水のみを使用してもよいし、または、水と水溶性溶剤の混合溶液を使用してもよい。前記水溶性溶剤としては、例えばメチルアルコール、エチルアルコール、イソプロピルアルコール、エチルカルビトール、エチルセロソルブ、ブチルセロソルブ等のアルコール類、N-メチルピロリドン等の極性溶剤を使用することが、導電性パターン等のにじみや細線性を防止し、かつ、前記導電性インク中に含まれる導電性物質の受容層表面からの欠落を防止するうえで好ましい。 In addition, as an aqueous medium that can be used as the solvent of the conductive ink, for example, water alone may be used, or a mixed solution of water and a water-soluble solvent may be used. Examples of the water-soluble solvent include alcohols such as methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbitol, ethyl cellosolve, butyl cellosolve, and polar solvents such as N-methylpyrrolidone. It is preferable in terms of preventing the fine line property and the loss of the conductive substance contained in the conductive ink from the surface of the receiving layer.
 前記導電性インク中に含まれる溶媒は、導電性インクの全量に対して40質量%~90質量%の範囲で含まれることが好ましい。また、前記極性溶剤は、前記溶媒の全量に対して40質量%~100質量%含まれることが好ましい。 The solvent contained in the conductive ink is preferably contained in the range of 40% by mass to 90% by mass with respect to the total amount of the conductive ink. The polar solvent is preferably contained in an amount of 40% by mass to 100% by mass with respect to the total amount of the solvent.
 また、前記導電性インクには、前記金属及び溶媒の他に、必要に応じて各種添加剤を使用することができる。 In addition to the metal and the solvent, various additives can be used as necessary for the conductive ink.
 前記添加剤としては、例えば前記金属の前記溶媒中における分散性を向上する観点から、分散剤を使用することができる。 As the additive, for example, a dispersant can be used from the viewpoint of improving dispersibility of the metal in the solvent.
 前記分散剤としては、例えばポリエチレンイミン、ポリビニルピロリドン等のアミン系の高分子分散剤、またポリアクリル酸、カルボキシメチルセルロース等の分子中にカルボン酸基を有する炭化水素系の高分子分散剤、ポリビニルアルコール、スチレン-マレイン酸共重合体、オレフィン-マレイン酸共重合体、或いは1分子中にポリエチレンイミン部分とポリエチレンオキサイド部分とを有する共重合体等の極性基を有する高分子分散剤等を使用することができる。なお、前記ポリビニルアルコールは、溶剤系の導電性インクを使用する場合であっても、分散剤として使用してもよい。 Examples of the dispersant include amine-based polymer dispersants such as polyethyleneimine and polyvinylpyrrolidone, hydrocarbon-based polymer dispersants having a carboxylic acid group in the molecule such as polyacrylic acid and carboxymethylcellulose, and polyvinyl alcohol. , A polymer dispersant having a polar group, such as a styrene-maleic acid copolymer, an olefin-maleic acid copolymer, or a copolymer having a polyethyleneimine moiety and a polyethylene oxide moiety in one molecule. Can do. The polyvinyl alcohol may be used as a dispersant even when a solvent-based conductive ink is used.
 前記受容基材等に、前記導電性インクを用いて印刷する方法としては、例えばインクジェット印刷法、スクリーン印刷法、凸版反転印刷法またはグラビアオフセット印刷法、オフセット印刷法、スピンコート法、スプレーコート法、バーコート法、ダイコート法、スリットコート法、ロールコート法、ディップコート法等が挙げられる。 Examples of a method for printing on the receiving substrate using the conductive ink include, for example, an ink jet printing method, a screen printing method, a letterpress reverse printing method or a gravure offset printing method, an offset printing method, a spin coating method, and a spray coating method. , Bar coating method, die coating method, slit coating method, roll coating method, dip coating method and the like.
 前記インクジェット印刷法としては、一般にインクジェットプリンターといわれるものを使用することができる。具体的には、コニカミノルタEB100、XY100(コニカミノルタIJ株式会社製)、ダイマティックス・マテリアルプリンターDMP-3000、ダイマティックス・マテリアルプリンターDMP-2831(富士フィルム株式会社製)等が挙げられる。 As the ink jet printing method, what is generally called an ink jet printer can be used. Specific examples include Konica Minolta EB100, XY100 (manufactured by Konica Minolta IJ Co., Ltd.), Dimatics Material Printer DMP-3000, Dimatics Material Printer DMP-2831 (manufactured by Fuji Film Co., Ltd.), and the like.
 前記スクリーン印刷法は、メッシュ状のスクリーン版を用いることによって、導電性インクを、前記受容層の表面に塗布する方法である。具体的には、一般にメタルメッシュといわれる金属製のスクリーン版を用い、所定のパターン形状に導電性パターンを印刷することによって、所定のパターン形状を備えた導電性パターンを形成することができる。 The screen printing method is a method in which a conductive ink is applied to the surface of the receiving layer by using a mesh-shaped screen plate. Specifically, a conductive pattern having a predetermined pattern shape can be formed by printing a conductive pattern in a predetermined pattern shape using a metal screen plate generally called a metal mesh.
 また、前記凸版反転印刷法は、ブランケット上に導電性インクを塗布して導電性インク塗布面を形成し、それを前記受容層に転写する方法である。 The letterpress reverse printing method is a method in which a conductive ink is applied on a blanket to form a conductive ink application surface and transferred to the receiving layer.
 前記ブランケットとしては、シリコーンからなるシリコーンブランケットを使用することが好ましい。 It is preferable to use a silicone blanket made of silicone as the blanket.
 はじめに、前記ブランケット上に導電性インクを塗布し、導電性インクからなる層を形成する。次いで、前記導電性インクからなる層に、必要に応じて所定のパターン形状に対応した版を備えた凸版を押圧することで、前記凸版に接触した導電性インクがブランケット上から前記凸版表面に転写される。 First, conductive ink is applied on the blanket to form a layer made of conductive ink. Next, the conductive ink contacting the relief plate is transferred from the blanket onto the relief plate surface by pressing a relief plate provided with a plate corresponding to a predetermined pattern shape as necessary to the layer made of the conductive ink. Is done.
 次いで、前記ブランケットと、前記受容層とを接触することによって、前記ブランケット上に残存した導電性インクが前記受容層表面に転写される。このような方法によって、所定のパターンを備えた導電性パターンを形成することができる。 Next, the conductive ink remaining on the blanket is transferred to the surface of the receiving layer by bringing the blanket into contact with the receiving layer. By such a method, a conductive pattern having a predetermined pattern can be formed.
 また、前記グラビアオフセット印刷法としては、例えば所定のパターン形状を備えた凹版印刷版の溝部に導電性インクを供給した後、その表面にブランケットを押圧することによって、前記ブランケット上に前記導電性インクを転写し、次いで、前記ブランケット上の導電性インクを前記受容層に転写する方法が挙げられる。 Further, as the gravure offset printing method, for example, after supplying conductive ink to a groove portion of an intaglio printing plate having a predetermined pattern shape, the conductive ink is applied onto the blanket by pressing the blanket on the surface thereof. And then transferring the conductive ink on the blanket to the receiving layer.
 前記凹版印刷版としては、例えばグラビア版、ガラス板をエッチングすることによって形成されたガラス凹版等を使用することができる。 As the intaglio printing plate, for example, a gravure plate, a glass intaglio plate formed by etching a glass plate, or the like can be used.
 前記ブランケットとしては、シリコーンゴム層、ポリエチレンテレフタレート層、スポンジ状の層等を備えた多層構造を有するものを使用することができ、通常、ブランケット胴といわれる剛性のある円筒に巻きついたものを使用する。 As the blanket, a blanket having a multilayer structure including a silicone rubber layer, a polyethylene terephthalate layer, a sponge-like layer, etc. can be used. Usually, a blanket wrapped around a rigid cylinder is used. To do.
 前記受容基材上に前記した方法で印刷の施された印刷物には、前記導電性インク中に含まれる導電性物質間を密着し接合することによって導電性を付与することができる。 Conductivity can be imparted to the printed matter that has been printed on the receiving substrate by the above-described method by closely contacting and joining the conductive substances contained in the conductive ink.
 前記導電性物質を接合する方法としては、加熱焼成する方法、光照射する方法が挙げられる。 As a method of joining the conductive substances, a method of heating and baking and a method of irradiating light can be mentioned.
 前記焼成は、概ね80℃~300℃の範囲で、概ね2分~200分程度行うことが好ましい。前記焼成は大気中で行っても良いが、前記金属の酸化を防止する観点から、焼成工程の一部または全部を還元雰囲気下で行っても良い。 The firing is preferably performed in the range of approximately 80 ° C. to 300 ° C. for approximately 2 minutes to 200 minutes. The firing may be performed in the air, but from the viewpoint of preventing oxidation of the metal, part or all of the firing step may be performed in a reducing atmosphere.
 また、前記焼成工程は、例えばオーブン、熱風式乾燥炉、赤外線乾燥炉、レーザー照射、フラッシュランプ照射、マイクロウェーブ等を用いて行うことができる。 Further, the firing step can be performed using, for example, an oven, a hot air drying furnace, an infrared drying furnace, laser irradiation, flash lamp irradiation, microwave, or the like.
 前記焼成温度は、概ね80℃~300℃の範囲であることが好ましく、100℃~300℃がより好ましく、120℃~300℃が特に好ましい。なお、前記支持体が比較的熱に弱い場合には、温度の上限が好ましくは200℃以下、より好ましくは150℃以下である。 The firing temperature is preferably in the range of approximately 80 ° C. to 300 ° C., more preferably 100 ° C. to 300 ° C., and particularly preferably 120 ° C. to 300 ° C. When the support is relatively weak against heat, the upper limit of the temperature is preferably 200 ° C. or lower, more preferably 150 ° C. or lower.
 前記焼成工程を経ることによって得られた印刷物の表面には、導電性インク中に含まれる金属によって導電性パターンが形成される。かかる導電性パターンは、各種電気製品等の回路基板及び集積回路基板等に使用することができる。 The conductive pattern is formed by the metal contained in the conductive ink on the surface of the printed matter obtained through the baking step. Such a conductive pattern can be used for circuit boards and integrated circuit boards for various electric products.
 また、前記導電性パターンとしては、長期間にわたり断線等を引き起こすことなく、良好な通電性を維持可能な信頼性の高い配線パターンを形成するうえで、銅等の金属によるめっき処理が施されたものを使用することができる。具体的には、前記導電性パターンとしては、例えば前記支持体の表面の一部または全部に、前記受容層形成用組成物を用いて形成された受容層を有し、その受容層表面の一部または全部に、めっき核剤を塗布等することによってめっき核を担持し、必要に応じて焼成工程等を経た後、電解めっき処理、無電解めっき処理、または、前記無電解めっき処理後に更に電解めっき処理を施すことによって形成されるめっき被膜を有するものが挙げられる。 The conductive pattern was plated with a metal such as copper in order to form a highly reliable wiring pattern capable of maintaining good electrical conductivity without causing disconnection or the like over a long period of time. Things can be used. Specifically, as the conductive pattern, for example, a part of or the entire surface of the support has a receptor layer formed by using the receptor layer forming composition, and one surface of the receptor layer is formed. The plating nucleus is supported on a part or all by applying a plating nucleating agent, and after passing through a firing step or the like, if necessary, electrolytic plating treatment, electroless plating treatment, or further electrolysis after the electroless plating treatment What has a plating film formed by performing a plating process is mentioned.
 前記めっき核剤としては、前記流動体として例示した導電性インクに相当するものを使用することができ、例えば溶媒中にめっき核、具体的には導電性物質が分散等したものを使用することができる。 As the plating nucleating agent, one corresponding to the conductive ink exemplified as the fluid can be used. For example, a plating nucleus, specifically, a conductive material dispersed in a solvent is used. Can do.
 前記めっき核剤に使用する導電性物質としては、前記導電性インクに使用可能な導電性物質として例示したような金属粒子をはじめ、前記金属の酸化物、有機物によって表面被覆されたもの等を1種類以上使用することができる。 Examples of the conductive material used for the plating nucleating agent include metal particles such as those exemplified as the conductive material usable for the conductive ink, and oxides of the metal and those whose surface is coated with an organic substance. More than one type can be used.
 前記金属酸化物は、通常、不活性(絶縁)な状態であるが、例えばジメチルアミノボラン等の還元剤を用いて処理することによって金属を露出させ、活性(導電性)を付与することが可能となる。 The metal oxide is usually in an inactive (insulating) state, but it can be exposed to the metal and treated with a reducing agent such as dimethylaminoborane to impart activity (conductivity). It becomes.
 また、前記有機物によって表面被覆された金属としては、乳化重合法等によって形成した樹脂粒子(有機物)中に金属を内在させたものが挙げられる。これらは、通常、不活性(絶縁)な状態であるが、例えばレーザー等を用いて前記有機物を除去することによって、金属を露出させ、活性(導電性)を付与することが可能となる。 Further, examples of the metal whose surface is coated with the organic substance include those in which a metal is contained in resin particles (organic substance) formed by an emulsion polymerization method or the like. These are usually in an inactive (insulating) state, but by removing the organic substance using, for example, a laser or the like, it becomes possible to expose the metal and impart activity (conductivity).
 前記めっき核剤中に含まれる導電性物質は、概ね10nm~1000nmの範囲の平均粒子径を有するものが好ましい。 The conductive substance contained in the plating nucleating agent preferably has an average particle diameter in the range of about 10 nm to 1000 nm.
 また、前記めっき核剤に使用する溶媒としては、前記導電性インクに使用可能な水性媒体、有機溶剤等の溶媒として例示したものと同様のものを使用することができる。 Further, as the solvent used for the plating nucleating agent, the same solvents as those exemplified as the solvent such as an aqueous medium and an organic solvent usable for the conductive ink can be used.
 前記無電解めっき処理工程は、例えばパラジウム、銀等のめっき核が担持された受容基材の表面に、無電解めっき液を接触することで、前記無電解めっき液中に含まれる銅等の金属を析出させ金属被膜からなる無電解めっき被膜を形成する工程である。 In the electroless plating treatment step, for example, a metal such as copper contained in the electroless plating solution by bringing the electroless plating solution into contact with the surface of a receiving substrate on which a plating nucleus such as palladium or silver is supported. In which an electroless plating film made of a metal film is formed.
 前記無電解めっき液としては、例えば、銅、ニッケル、クロム、コバルト、スズ等の金属からなる導電性物質と、還元剤と、水性媒体、有機溶剤等の溶媒とを含むものを使用することができる。 As the electroless plating solution, for example, a material containing a conductive substance made of a metal such as copper, nickel, chromium, cobalt, or tin, a reducing agent, and a solvent such as an aqueous medium or an organic solvent may be used. it can.
 前記還元剤としては、例えば、ジメチルアミノボラン、次亜燐酸、次亜燐酸ナトリウム、ジメチルアミンボラン、ヒドラジン、ホルムアルデヒド、水素化ホウ素ナトリウム、フェノール類等を使用することができる。 As the reducing agent, for example, dimethylaminoborane, hypophosphorous acid, sodium hypophosphite, dimethylamine borane, hydrazine, formaldehyde, sodium borohydride, phenols and the like can be used.
 また、前記無電解めっき液としては、必要に応じて、酢酸、蟻酸等のモノカルボン酸;マロン酸、コハク酸、アジピン酸、マレイン酸、フマル酸等のジカルボン酸;リンゴ酸、乳酸、グリコール酸、グルコン酸、クエン酸等のヒドロキシカルボン酸;グリシン、アラニン、イミノジ酢酸、アルギニン、アスパラギン酸、グルタミン酸等のアミノ酸;イミノジ酢酸、ニトリロトリ酢酸、エチレンジアミンジ酢酸、エチレンジアミンテトラ酢酸、ジエチレントリアミンペンタ酢酸等のアミノポリカルボン酸等の有機酸類、これらの有機酸類の可溶性塩(ナトリウム塩、カリウム塩、アンモニウム塩等)、エチレンジアミン、ジエチレントリアミン、トリエチレンテトラミンなどのアミン類等の錯化剤を含むものであってもよい。 In addition, as the electroless plating solution, if necessary, monocarboxylic acids such as acetic acid and formic acid; dicarboxylic acids such as malonic acid, succinic acid, adipic acid, maleic acid and fumaric acid; malic acid, lactic acid and glycolic acid Hydroxycarboxylic acids such as gluconic acid and citric acid; amino acids such as glycine, alanine, iminodiacetic acid, arginine, aspartic acid, and glutamic acid; aminopoly acids such as iminodiacetic acid, nitrilotriacetic acid, ethylenediaminediacetic acid, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, and diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid It may contain complexing agents such as organic acids such as carboxylic acids, soluble salts of these organic acids (sodium salts, potassium salts, ammonium salts, etc.), amines such as ethylenediamine, diethylenetriamine, and triethylenetetramine. .
 前記めっき核剤中のめっき核が担持された受容基材の表面に、前記無電解めっき液を接触する際の前記無電解めっき液の温度は、概ね20℃~98℃の範囲であることが好ましい。 The temperature of the electroless plating solution when the electroless plating solution is brought into contact with the surface of the receiving substrate on which the plating nucleus in the plating nucleating agent is supported is generally in the range of 20 ° C. to 98 ° C. preferable.
 また、電解めっき処理工程は、例えば前記めっき核が担持された受容基材の表面(x)、または、前記無電解処理によって形成された無電解めっき被膜の表面(y)に、電解めっき液を接触した状態で通電することにより、前記電解めっき液中に含まれる銅等の金属を、負極に設置した前記受容基材の表面(x)または前記無電解処理によって形成された無電解めっき被膜の表面(y)に析出させ、電解めっき被膜(金属被膜)を形成する工程である。 In addition, the electrolytic plating treatment step may be performed by applying an electrolytic plating solution to the surface (x) of the receiving substrate on which the plating nucleus is supported or the surface (y) of the electroless plating film formed by the electroless treatment, for example. By energizing in the state of contact, a metal such as copper contained in the electrolytic plating solution can be used for the surface (x) of the receiving base placed on the negative electrode or the electroless plating film formed by the electroless treatment. It is a step of depositing on the surface (y) to form an electrolytic plating film (metal film).
 前記電解めっき液としては、銅、ニッケル、クロム、コバルト、スズ等の金属からなる導電性物質と、硫酸等と、水性媒体とを含むものを使用することができる。 As the electrolytic plating solution, a solution containing a conductive substance made of a metal such as copper, nickel, chromium, cobalt, tin, sulfuric acid, and an aqueous medium can be used.
 前記めっき核剤中のめっき核が担持された受容基材の表面に、前記電解めっき液を接触する際の前記電解めっき液の温度は、概ね20℃~98℃の範囲であることが好ましい。 The temperature of the electrolytic plating solution when the electrolytic plating solution is brought into contact with the surface of the receiving substrate on which the plating nucleus in the plating nucleating agent is supported is preferably in the range of about 20 ° C to 98 ° C.
 前記したような無電解めっき処理及び電解めっき処理の工程では、前記したような強酸または強アルカリ性のめっき液を使用する場合が多いため、通常の受容基材では、その受容層が侵され、前記受容層の支持体からの剥離を引き起こす場合が多い。 In the electroless plating process and the electroplating process as described above, a strong acid or strong alkaline plating solution as described above is often used. Therefore, in a normal receiving substrate, the receiving layer is affected, It often causes peeling of the receiving layer from the support.
 一方、本発明の受容基材にめっき核剤等の流動体を用いて印刷した後に、前記受容層中の架橋構造を形成したものについては、前記めっき処理工程において、支持体に対する受容層の剥離を引き起こすことがない。特に、前記支持体がポリイミド樹脂等からなるものであっても、受容層の剥離を引き起こすことがないため、前記導電性パターンの製造に極めて好適に使用することができる。 On the other hand, after printing on the receiving substrate of the present invention using a fluid such as a plating nucleating agent, the receptor layer is peeled off from the support in the plating treatment step for the cross-linked structure formed in the receiving layer. Will not cause. In particular, even if the support is made of a polyimide resin or the like, it does not cause peeling of the receiving layer, and therefore can be used very suitably for the production of the conductive pattern.
 以上のような導電性パターンは、例えば、銀インク等を用いた電子回路の形成、有機太陽電池、電子書籍端末、有機EL、有機トランジスタ、フレキシブルプリント基板、RFID等を構成する周辺配線の形成、プラズマディスプレイの電磁波シールドの配線等を製造する際の導電性パターン、より具体的には回路基板の形成に好適に使用することが可能である。 The conductive pattern as described above is, for example, the formation of an electronic circuit using silver ink or the like, the formation of a peripheral wiring constituting an organic solar cell, an electronic book terminal, an organic EL, an organic transistor, a flexible printed board, an RFID, etc. It can be suitably used for forming a conductive pattern, more specifically, a circuit board when manufacturing an electromagnetic wave shield for a plasma display.
 また、前記方法で得られた導電性パターンのうち、導電性インクやめっき核剤等の流動体を用いた印刷後に、その受容層中に架橋構造を形成して得られた導電性パターンは、めっき処理工程を経た場合であっても、受容層の支持体からの剥離等を引き起こすことなく、良好な通電性を維持可能なレベルの、格段に優れた耐久性を付与できることから、銀インク等を用いた電子回路や集積回路等に使用される回路形成用基板の形成、有機太陽電池や電子書籍端末、有機EL、有機トランジスタ、フレキシブルプリント基板、RFID等を構成する周辺配線の形成、プラズマディスプレイの電磁波シールドの配線等のうち、特に耐久性の求められる用途に好適に使用することができる。特に、前記めっき処理の施された導電性パターンは、長期間にわたり断線等を引き起こすことなく、良好な通電性を維持可能な信頼性の高い配線パターンを形成できることから、例えば、一般に銅張積層板(CCL:Copper Clad Laminate)といわれ、フレキシブルプリント基板(FPC)、テープ自動ボンディング(TAB)、チップオンフィルム(COF)、及びプリント配線板(PWB)等の用途に使用することが可能である。 In addition, among the conductive patterns obtained by the above method, after printing using a fluid such as conductive ink or plating nucleating agent, the conductive pattern obtained by forming a crosslinked structure in the receiving layer, Silver ink, etc., because it can provide excellent durability at a level that can maintain good electrical conductivity without causing peeling of the receptor layer from the support, etc., even after undergoing a plating process Formation of circuit forming substrates used in electronic circuits and integrated circuits, etc., organic solar cells, electronic book terminals, organic EL, organic transistors, flexible printed circuit boards, formation of peripheral wiring constituting RFID, plasma displays, etc. Among the wirings of the electromagnetic wave shield, etc., it can be suitably used for applications that require particularly durability. In particular, since the conductive pattern subjected to the plating treatment can form a highly reliable wiring pattern capable of maintaining good electrical conductivity without causing disconnection or the like over a long period of time, for example, a copper-clad laminate is generally used. (CCL: Copper Clad Laminate) and can be used for applications such as flexible printed circuit board (FPC), automatic tape bonding (TAB), chip-on-film (COF), and printed wiring board (PWB).
 以下、実施例により本発明を詳細に説明する。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail by way of examples.
[調製例1]片末端に2個の水酸基を有するビニル重合体(a1-1)の調製
 温度計、攪拌装置、還流冷却管及び窒素導入管を備えた4つ口フラスコに、メチルエチルケトン 700質量部を仕込み、次いで前記反応容器中にメチルメタクリレート 291質量部と3-メルカプト-1,2-プロパンジオール 8.7質量部と2,2’-アゾビス(2-メチルプロピオニトリル) 0.15質量部を供給し、反応させることによって、数平均分子量3,000の片末端に2個の水酸基を有するビニル重合体(a1-1)の溶剤溶液を得た。
[Preparation Example 1] Preparation of vinyl polymer (a1-1) having two hydroxyl groups at one end In a four-necked flask equipped with a thermometer, stirrer, reflux condenser and nitrogen inlet tube, 700 parts by mass of methyl ethyl ketone Then, 291 parts by weight of methyl methacrylate, 8.7 parts by weight of 3-mercapto-1,2-propanediol, and 0.15 parts by weight of 2,2′-azobis (2-methylpropionitrile) are charged into the reaction vessel. To give a solvent solution of a vinyl polymer (a1-1) having two hydroxyl groups at one end having a number average molecular weight of 3,000.
[調製例2]片末端に2個の水酸基を有するビニル重合体(a1-2)の調製
 温度計、攪拌装置、還流冷却管及び窒素導入管を備えた4つ口フラスコに、メチルエチルケトン 700質量部を仕込み、次いで前記反応容器中にメチルメタクリレート 297質量部と3-メルカプト-1,2-プロパンジオール 3質量部と2,2’-アゾビス(2-メチルプロピオニトリル) 0.15質量部を供給し、反応させることによって、数平均分子量12,000の片末端に2個の水酸基を有するビニル重合体(a1-2)の溶剤溶液を得た。
[Preparation Example 2] Preparation of vinyl polymer (a1-2) having two hydroxyl groups at one end In a four-necked flask equipped with a thermometer, stirrer, reflux condenser and nitrogen inlet tube, 700 parts by mass of methyl ethyl ketone Then, 297 parts by mass of methyl methacrylate, 3 parts by mass of 3-mercapto-1,2-propanediol and 0.15 parts by mass of 2,2′-azobis (2-methylpropionitrile) are fed into the reaction vessel. Then, a solvent solution of a vinyl polymer (a1-2) having two hydroxyl groups at one end with a number average molecular weight of 12,000 was obtained.
[比較調製例3]主鎖中に2個の水酸基を有するビニル重合体(a1-3)の調製
 温度計、攪拌装置、還流冷却管及び窒素導入管を備えた4つ口フラスコに、メチルエチルケトン 700質量部を仕込み、次いで前記反応容器中にメチル(メタ)アクリレート 261質量部とメタクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル(2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート)22質量部と1-ドデカンチオール17質量部と2,2’-アゾビス(2-メチルプロピオニトリル) 0.15質量部を供給し、反応させることによって、数平均分子量3,000の分子鎖中に2個の水酸基を有するビニル重合体(a1-3)の溶剤溶液を得た。
[Comparative Preparation Example 3] Preparation of vinyl polymer (a1-3) having two hydroxyl groups in the main chain Methyl ethyl ketone 700 was added to a four-necked flask equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, a reflux condenser and a nitrogen inlet tube. Then, 261 parts by mass of methyl (meth) acrylate, 22 parts by mass of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate), 17 parts by mass of 1-dodecanethiol, and 2,2′- Solvent of vinyl polymer (a1-3) having two hydroxyl groups in the molecular chain having a number average molecular weight of 3,000 by supplying 0.15 parts by mass of azobis (2-methylpropionitrile) and reacting them A solution was obtained.
[実施例1]
 温度計、窒素ガス導入管、攪拌器を備えた窒素置換された容器中で、前記調製例1で得たビニル重合体(a1-1)の溶剤溶液286質量部と、ネオペンチルグリコールと1,6-ヘキサンジオールとアジピン酸とを反応させて得られるポリエステルポリオール(数平均分子量2,000)93質量部、2,2―ジメチロールプロピオン酸35質量部及びジシクロヘキシルメタンジイソシアネート86質量部を、有機溶剤としてのメチルエチルケトン 84質量部の存在下、80℃で10時間反応させることによって、重量平均分子量が45,000のウレタン樹脂の有機溶剤溶液を得た。
[Example 1]
In a nitrogen-substituted container equipped with a thermometer, a nitrogen gas inlet tube, and a stirrer, 286 parts by mass of the solvent solution of the vinyl polymer (a1-1) obtained in Preparation Example 1, neopentyl glycol and 1, 93 parts by mass of a polyester polyol (number average molecular weight 2,000) obtained by reacting 6-hexanediol with adipic acid, 35 parts by mass of 2,2-dimethylolpropionic acid and 86 parts by mass of dicyclohexylmethane diisocyanate were added to an organic solvent. As an organic solvent solution of urethane resin having a weight average molecular weight of 45,000, the reaction was carried out at 80 ° C. for 10 hours in the presence of 84 parts by mass of methyl ethyl ketone.
 次いで、前記ウレタン樹脂の有機溶剤溶液にトリエチルアミンを30質量部加えることで、前記ウレタン樹脂が有するカルボキシル基の一部または全部を中和し、さらに水685質量部を加え十分に攪拌することによりウレタン樹脂の水分散体を得た。 Next, 30 parts by mass of triethylamine is added to the organic solvent solution of the urethane resin to neutralize part or all of the carboxyl groups of the urethane resin, and further, 685 parts by mass of water is added and the urethane is sufficiently stirred. An aqueous dispersion of resin was obtained.
 次いで、前記ウレタン樹脂の水分散体を脱溶剤し、更に不揮発分が25質量%となるよう水を加え調整することによって、本発明の受容層形成用樹脂組成物を得た。 Subsequently, the aqueous dispersion of the urethane resin was desolvated, and further adjusted by adding water so that the non-volatile content was 25% by mass, thereby obtaining the receiving layer forming resin composition of the present invention.
[実施例2]
 温度計、窒素ガス導入管、攪拌器を備えた窒素置換された容器中で、前記調製例2で得たビニル重合体(a1-2)の溶剤溶液286質量部と、ネオペンチルグリコールと1,6-ヘキサンジオールとアジピン酸とを反応させて得られるポリエステルポリオール(数平均分子量2,000)96質量部、2,2―ジメチロールプロピオン酸35質量部及びジシクロヘキシルメタンジイソシアネート84質量部を、有機溶剤としてのメチルエチルケトン 84質量部の存在下、80℃で10時間反応させることによって、重量平均分子量が46,000のウレタン樹脂の有機溶剤溶液を得た。
[Example 2]
In a nitrogen-substituted container equipped with a thermometer, a nitrogen gas inlet tube, and a stirrer, 286 parts by mass of the solvent solution of the vinyl polymer (a1-2) obtained in Preparation Example 2, neopentyl glycol and 1, 96 parts by mass of a polyester polyol (number average molecular weight 2,000) obtained by reacting 6-hexanediol and adipic acid, 35 parts by mass of 2,2-dimethylolpropionic acid and 84 parts by mass of dicyclohexylmethane diisocyanate are mixed with an organic solvent. In the presence of 84 parts by mass of methyl ethyl ketone, the reaction was carried out at 80 ° C. for 10 hours to obtain an organic solvent solution of urethane resin having a weight average molecular weight of 46,000.
 次いで、前記ウレタン樹脂の有機溶剤溶液にトリエチルアミンを30質量部加えることで、前記ウレタン樹脂が有するカルボキシル基の一部または全部を中和し、さらに水685質量部を加え十分に攪拌することによりウレタン樹脂の水分散体を得た。 Next, 30 parts by mass of triethylamine is added to the organic solvent solution of the urethane resin to neutralize part or all of the carboxyl groups of the urethane resin, and further, 685 parts by mass of water is added and the urethane is sufficiently stirred. An aqueous dispersion of resin was obtained.
 次いで、前記ウレタン樹脂の水分散体を脱溶剤し、更に不揮発分が25質量%となるよう水を加え調整することによって、本発明の受容層形成用樹脂組成物を得た。 Subsequently, the aqueous dispersion of the urethane resin was desolvated, and further adjusted by adding water so that the non-volatile content was 25% by mass, thereby obtaining the receiving layer forming resin composition of the present invention.
[実施例3]
 温度計、窒素ガス導入管、攪拌器を備えた窒素置換された容器中で、前記調製例1で得たビニル重合体(a1-1)の溶剤溶液10質量部と、ネオペンチルグリコールと1,6-ヘキサンジオールとアジピン酸とを反応させて得られるポリエステルポリオール(数平均分子量2,000)172質量部、2,2―ジメチロールプロピオン酸35質量部及びジシクロヘキシルメタンジイソシアネート91質量部を、有機溶剤としてのメチルエチルケトン 277質量部の存在下、80℃で10時間反応させることによって、重量平均分子量が46,000のウレタン樹脂の有機溶剤溶液を得た。
[Example 3]
In a nitrogen-substituted container equipped with a thermometer, a nitrogen gas inlet tube, and a stirrer, 10 parts by mass of the solvent solution of the vinyl polymer (a1-1) obtained in Preparation Example 1, neopentyl glycol and 1, 172 parts by mass of polyester polyol (number average molecular weight 2,000) obtained by reacting 6-hexanediol and adipic acid, 35 parts by mass of 2,2-dimethylolpropionic acid and 91 parts by mass of dicyclohexylmethane diisocyanate Was reacted for 10 hours at 80 ° C. in the presence of 277 parts by mass of methyl ethyl ketone as an organic solvent solution of urethane resin having a weight average molecular weight of 46,000.
 次いで、前記ウレタン樹脂の有機溶剤溶液にトリエチルアミンを30質量部加えることで、前記ウレタン樹脂が有するカルボキシル基の一部または全部を中和し、さらに水685質量部を加え十分に攪拌することによりウレタン樹脂の水分散体を得た。 Next, 30 parts by mass of triethylamine is added to the organic solvent solution of the urethane resin to neutralize part or all of the carboxyl groups of the urethane resin, and further, 685 parts by mass of water is added and the urethane is sufficiently stirred. An aqueous dispersion of resin was obtained.
 次いで、前記ウレタン樹脂の水分散体を脱溶剤し、更に不揮発分が25質量%となるよう水を加え調整することによって、本発明の受容層形成用樹脂組成物を得た。 Subsequently, the aqueous dispersion of the urethane resin was desolvated, and further adjusted by adding water so that the non-volatile content was 25% by mass, thereby obtaining the receiving layer forming resin composition of the present invention.
[実施例4]
 温度計、窒素ガス導入管、攪拌器を備えた窒素置換された容器中で、前記調製例1で得たビニル重合体(a1-1)の溶剤溶液571質量部と、ネオペンチルグリコールと1,6-ヘキサンジオールとアジピン酸とを反応させて得られるポリエステルポリオール(数平均分子量2,000)11質量部、2,2―ジメチロールプロピオン酸35質量部及びジシクロヘキシルメタンジイソシアネート82質量部を、80℃で10時間反応させることによって、重量平均分子量が44,000のウレタン樹脂の有機溶剤溶液を得た。
[Example 4]
In a nitrogen-substituted container equipped with a thermometer, a nitrogen gas inlet tube, and a stirrer, 571 parts by mass of the solvent solution of the vinyl polymer (a1-1) obtained in Preparation Example 1, neopentyl glycol and 1, 11 parts by mass of a polyester polyol (number average molecular weight 2,000) obtained by reacting 6-hexanediol and adipic acid, 35 parts by mass of 2,2-dimethylolpropionic acid, and 82 parts by mass of dicyclohexylmethane diisocyanate were mixed at 80 ° C. Was reacted for 10 hours to obtain an organic solvent solution of urethane resin having a weight average molecular weight of 44,000.
 次いで、前記ウレタン樹脂の有機溶剤溶液にトリエチルアミンを30質量部加えることで、前記ウレタン樹脂が有するカルボキシル基の一部または全部を中和し、さらに水685質量部を加え十分に攪拌することによりウレタン樹脂の水分散体を得た。 Next, 30 parts by mass of triethylamine is added to the organic solvent solution of the urethane resin to neutralize part or all of the carboxyl groups of the urethane resin, and further, 685 parts by mass of water is added and the urethane is sufficiently stirred. An aqueous dispersion of resin was obtained.
 次いで、前記ウレタン樹脂の水分散体を脱溶剤し、更に不揮発分が25質量%となるよう水を加え調整することによって、本発明の受容層形成用樹脂組成物を得た。 Subsequently, the aqueous dispersion of the urethane resin was desolvated, and further adjusted by adding water so that the non-volatile content was 25% by mass, thereby obtaining the receiving layer forming resin composition of the present invention.
[実施例5]
 温度計、窒素ガス導入管、攪拌器を備えた窒素置換された容器中で、前記調製例1で得たビニル重合体(a1-1)の溶剤溶液286質量部と、1,6-ヘキサンジオールとメチルカーボネートとを反応して得られるポリカーボネートポリオール(数平均分子量2,000)93質量部、2,2―ジメチロールプロピオン酸35質量部及びジシクロヘキシルメタンジイソシアネート86質量部を、有機溶剤としてのメチルエチルケトン84質量部の存在下、80℃で10時間反応させることによって、重量平均分子量が45,000のウレタン樹脂の有機溶剤溶液を得た。
[Example 5]
In a nitrogen-substituted container equipped with a thermometer, a nitrogen gas inlet tube, and a stirrer, 286 parts by mass of the solvent solution of the vinyl polymer (a1-1) obtained in Preparation Example 1 and 1,6-hexanediol Methyl ethyl ketone 84 as an organic solvent was obtained by reacting 93 parts by weight of polycarbonate polyol (number average molecular weight 2,000), 35 parts by weight of 2,2-dimethylolpropionic acid and 86 parts by weight of dicyclohexylmethane diisocyanate. By reacting at 80 ° C. for 10 hours in the presence of part by mass, an organic solvent solution of urethane resin having a weight average molecular weight of 45,000 was obtained.
 次いで、前記ウレタン樹脂の有機溶剤溶液にトリエチルアミンを30質量部加えることで、前記ウレタン樹脂が有するカルボキシル基の一部または全部を中和し、さらに水685質量部を加え十分に攪拌することによりウレタン樹脂の水分散体を得た。 Next, 30 parts by mass of triethylamine is added to the organic solvent solution of the urethane resin to neutralize part or all of the carboxyl groups of the urethane resin, and further, 685 parts by mass of water is added and the urethane is sufficiently stirred. An aqueous dispersion of resin was obtained.
[実施例6]
 温度計、窒素ガス導入管、攪拌器を備えた窒素置換された容器中で、前記調製例1で得たビニル重合体(a1-1)の溶剤溶液296質量部と、ネオペンチルグリコールと1,6-ヘキサンジオールとアジピン酸とを反応させて得られるポリエステルポリオール(数平均分子量2,000)156質量部、2,2―ジメチロールプロピオン酸11質量部及びジシクロヘキシルメタンジイソシアネート49質量部を、有機溶剤としてのメチルエチルケトン 87質量部の存在下、80℃で10時間反応させることによって、重量平均分子量が45,000のウレタン樹脂の有機溶剤溶液を得た。
[Example 6]
In a nitrogen-substituted container equipped with a thermometer, a nitrogen gas inlet tube, and a stirrer, 296 parts by mass of the solvent solution of the vinyl polymer (a1-1) obtained in Preparation Example 1, neopentyl glycol and 1, 156 parts by mass of a polyester polyol (number average molecular weight 2,000) obtained by reacting 6-hexanediol and adipic acid, 11 parts by mass of 2,2-dimethylolpropionic acid, and 49 parts by mass of dicyclohexylmethane diisocyanate are mixed with an organic solvent. As an organic solvent solution of urethane resin having a weight average molecular weight of 45,000, the reaction was carried out at 80 ° C. for 10 hours in the presence of 87 parts by mass of methyl ethyl ketone.
 次いで、前記ウレタン樹脂の有機溶剤溶液にトリエチルアミンを30質量部加えることで、前記ウレタン樹脂が有するカルボキシル基の一部または全部を中和し、さらに水695質量部を加え十分に攪拌することによりウレタン樹脂の水分散体を得た。 Next, 30 parts by mass of triethylamine is added to the organic solvent solution of the urethane resin to neutralize part or all of the carboxyl groups of the urethane resin, and further 695 parts by mass of water is added and the urethane is sufficiently stirred. An aqueous dispersion of resin was obtained.
 次いで、前記ウレタン樹脂の水分散体を脱溶剤し、更に不揮発分が25質量%となるよう水を加え調整することによって、本発明の受容層形成用樹脂組成物を得た。 Subsequently, the aqueous dispersion of the urethane resin was desolvated, and further adjusted by adding water so that the non-volatile content was 25% by mass, thereby obtaining the receiving layer forming resin composition of the present invention.
[実施例7]
 温度計、窒素ガス導入管、攪拌器を備えた窒素置換された容器中で、前記調製例1で得たビニル重合体(a1-1)の溶剤溶液286質量部と、ネオペンチルグリコールと1,6-ヘキサンジオールとアジピン酸とを反応させて得られるポリエステルポリオール(数平均分子量2,000)93質量部、2,2―ジメチロールプロピオン酸35質量部及びジシクロヘキシルメタンジイソシアネート86質量部を、有機溶剤としてのメチルエチルケトン84質量部の存在下、80℃で10時間反応させることによって、重量平均分子量が100,000のウレタン樹脂の有機溶剤溶液を得た。
[Example 7]
In a nitrogen-substituted container equipped with a thermometer, a nitrogen gas inlet tube, and a stirrer, 286 parts by mass of the solvent solution of the vinyl polymer (a1-1) obtained in Preparation Example 1, neopentyl glycol and 1, 93 parts by mass of a polyester polyol (number average molecular weight 2,000) obtained by reacting 6-hexanediol with adipic acid, 35 parts by mass of 2,2-dimethylolpropionic acid and 86 parts by mass of dicyclohexylmethane diisocyanate were added to an organic solvent. In the presence of 84 parts by mass of methyl ethyl ketone as an organic solvent solution of urethane resin having a weight average molecular weight of 100,000.
 次いで、前記ウレタン樹脂の有機溶剤溶液にトリエチルアミンを30質量部加えることで、前記ウレタン樹脂が有するカルボキシル基の一部または全部を中和し、さらに水685質量部を加え十分に攪拌することによりウレタン樹脂の水分散体を得た。 Next, 30 parts by mass of triethylamine is added to the organic solvent solution of the urethane resin to neutralize part or all of the carboxyl groups of the urethane resin, and further, 685 parts by mass of water is added and the urethane is sufficiently stirred. An aqueous dispersion of resin was obtained.
 次いで、前記ウレタン樹脂の水分散体を脱溶剤し、更に不揮発分が25質量%となるよう水を加え調整することによって、本発明の受容層形成用樹脂組成物を得た。
[実施例8]
 温度計、窒素ガス導入管、攪拌器を備えた窒素置換された容器中で、前記調製例1で得たビニル重合体(a1-1)の溶剤溶液286質量部と、ポリオキシテトラメチレングリコール(数平均分子量2,000)93質量部、2,2―ジメチロールプロピオン酸35質量部及びイソホロンジイソシアネート72質量部を、有機溶剤としてのメチルエチルケトン 84質量部の存在下、80℃で10時間反応させることによって、重量平均分子量が45,000のウレタン樹脂の有機溶剤溶液を得た。
Next, the aqueous dispersion of the urethane resin was desolvated, and further adjusted by adding water so that the non-volatile content was 25% by mass, thereby obtaining the receiving layer forming resin composition of the present invention.
[Example 8]
In a nitrogen-substituted container equipped with a thermometer, a nitrogen gas introduction tube, and a stirrer, 286 parts by mass of the solvent solution of the vinyl polymer (a1-1) obtained in Preparation Example 1 and polyoxytetramethylene glycol ( Number average molecular weight 2,000) 93 parts by mass, 2,2-dimethylolpropionic acid 35 parts by mass and isophorone diisocyanate 72 parts by mass in the presence of 84 parts by mass of methyl ethyl ketone as an organic solvent at 80 ° C. for 10 hours. Thus, an organic solvent solution of urethane resin having a weight average molecular weight of 45,000 was obtained.
 次いで、前記ウレタン樹脂の有機溶剤溶液にトリエチルアミンを30質量部加えることで、前記ウレタン樹脂が有するカルボキシル基の一部または全部を中和し、さらに水685質量部を加え十分に攪拌することによりウレタン樹脂の水分散体を得た。 Next, 30 parts by mass of triethylamine is added to the organic solvent solution of the urethane resin to neutralize part or all of the carboxyl groups of the urethane resin, and further, 685 parts by mass of water is added and the urethane is sufficiently stirred. An aqueous dispersion of resin was obtained.
 次いで、前記ウレタン樹脂の水分散体を脱溶剤し、更に不揮発分が25質量%となるよう水を加え調整することによって、本発明の受容層形成用樹脂組成物を得た。 Subsequently, the aqueous dispersion of the urethane resin was desolvated, and further adjusted by adding water so that the non-volatile content was 25% by mass, thereby obtaining the receiving layer forming resin composition of the present invention.
[比較例1]
 温度計、窒素ガス導入管、攪拌器を備えた窒素置換された容器中で、ネオペンチルグリコールと1,6-ヘキサンジオールとアジピン酸とを反応させて得られるポリエステルポリオール(数平均分子量2,000)174質量部、2,2―ジメチロールプロピオン酸35質量部及びジシクロヘキシルメタンジイソシアネート91質量部を、有機溶剤としてのメチルエチルケトン 284質量部の存在下、80℃で10時間反応させることによって、重量平均分子量が46,000のウレタン樹脂の有機溶剤溶液を得た。
[Comparative Example 1]
Polyester polyol (number average molecular weight 2,000) obtained by reacting neopentyl glycol, 1,6-hexanediol and adipic acid in a nitrogen-substituted container equipped with a thermometer, a nitrogen gas introduction tube, and a stirrer ) 174 parts by mass, 35 parts by mass of 2,2-dimethylolpropionic acid and 91 parts by mass of dicyclohexylmethane diisocyanate were reacted at 80 ° C. for 10 hours in the presence of 284 parts by mass of methyl ethyl ketone as an organic solvent. Obtained an organic solvent solution of 46,000 urethane resin.
 次いで、前記ウレタン樹脂の有機溶剤溶液にトリエチルアミンを30質量部加えることで、前記ウレタン樹脂が有するカルボキシル基の一部または全部を中和し、さらに水685質量部を加え十分に攪拌することによりウレタン樹脂の水分散体を得た。 Next, 30 parts by mass of triethylamine is added to the organic solvent solution of the urethane resin to neutralize part or all of the carboxyl groups of the urethane resin, and further, 685 parts by mass of water is added and the urethane is sufficiently stirred. An aqueous dispersion of resin was obtained.
 次いで、前記ウレタン樹脂の水分散体を脱溶剤し、更に不揮発分が25質量%となるよう水を加え調整することによって、受容層形成用樹脂組成物を得た。 Subsequently, the aqueous dispersion of the urethane resin was desolvated, and water was added to adjust the non-volatile content to 25% by mass to obtain a resin composition for forming a receiving layer.
[比較例2]
 前記ビニル重合体(a1-1)の溶剤溶液の代わりに、前記比較調製例3で得たビニル重合体(a1-3)の溶剤溶液286質量部を使用すること以外は、実施例1と同様の方法で不揮発分25質量%の受容層形成用樹脂組成物を得た。
[Comparative Example 2]
The same as Example 1 except that 286 parts by mass of the solvent solution of the vinyl polymer (a1-3) obtained in Comparative Preparation Example 3 was used instead of the solvent solution of the vinyl polymer (a1-1). Thus, a resin composition for forming a receiving layer having a nonvolatile content of 25% by mass was obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000002
 表1または2中の略号を以下に説明する。
 「PES1」;ネオペンチルグリコールと1,6-ヘキサンジオールとアジピン酸とを反応させて得られるポリエステルポリオール(数平均分子量2,000)
 「PTMG」;ポリオキシテトラメチレングリコール(数平均分子量2,000)
 「DMPA」;2,2―ジメチロールプロピオン酸
 「HMDI」;ジシクロヘキシルメタンジイソシアネート
 「IPDI」;イソホロンジイソシアネート
 「PC」;1,6-ヘキサンジオールとメチルカーボネートとを反応して得られるポリカーボネートポリオール(数平均分子量2,000)
Abbreviations in Table 1 or 2 are described below.
“PES1”; polyester polyol obtained by reacting neopentyl glycol, 1,6-hexanediol and adipic acid (number average molecular weight 2,000)
“PTMG”: polyoxytetramethylene glycol (number average molecular weight 2,000)
“DMPA”; 2,2-dimethylolpropionic acid “HMDI”; dicyclohexylmethane diisocyanate “IPDI”; isophorone diisocyanate “PC”; polycarbonate polyol obtained by reacting 1,6-hexanediol and methyl carbonate (number average) Molecular weight 2,000)
[受容基材の作製方法]
 前記実施例1で得た受容層形成用樹脂組成物を、乾燥膜厚が3μmになるように、下記(i)~(iii)で示される3種類の支持体の表面に、それぞれバーコーターを用いてそれぞれ塗工し、熱風乾燥機を用いて70℃で3分間乾燥することによって、各支持体上に受容層の形成された3種類の受容基材を作製した。
 前記実施例1で得た受容層形成用樹脂組成物の代わりに、実施例2~8及び比較例1~2で得た受容層形成用樹脂組成物をそれぞれ使用すること以外は、前記[受容基材の作製方法]と同様の方法で、受容層形成用樹脂組成物の1種類あたり、支持体の異なる3種類の受容基材を作製した。
[Production method of receiving substrate]
The resin composition for forming a receiving layer obtained in Example 1 was provided with a bar coater on the surfaces of three types of supports shown in the following (i) to (iii) so that the dry film thickness was 3 μm. Each was used for coating, and dried at 70 ° C. for 3 minutes using a hot air drier, thereby preparing three types of receiving substrates each having a receiving layer formed on each support.
Instead of the resin composition for forming a receiving layer obtained in Example 1, the resin composition for forming a receiving layer obtained in Examples 2 to 8 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2 was used. In the same manner as in [Preparation Method of Substrate], three types of receiving substrates with different supports were prepared per type of the resin composition for forming the receiving layer.
[支持体]
 (i)PET;ポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルム(東洋紡績株式会社製 コスモシャインA4300,厚さ50μm)
 (ii)PI;ポリイミドフィルム(東レ・デュポン株式会社製Kapton200H,厚さ50μm)
 (iii)GL;ガラス:ガラス板,JIS R3202,厚さ2mm
[Support]
(I) PET; polyethylene terephthalate film (Cosmo Shine A4300 manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd., thickness 50 μm)
(Ii) PI: Polyimide film (Kapton 200H manufactured by Toray DuPont Co., Ltd., thickness 50 μm)
(Iii) GL; glass: glass plate, JIS R3202, thickness 2 mm
[支持体と受容層との密着性の評価方法]
 前記印刷を施す前の各受容基材の表面(受容層上)にセロハン粘着テープ(ニチバン株式会社製,CT405AP-24,24mm)を指で圧着した後、前記セロハン粘着テープを、受容基材の表面に対して90度方向に剥離した。剥離したセロハン粘着テープの粘着面を目視で観察し、その付着物の有無に基づいて前記密着性を評価した。
[Method for evaluating adhesion between support and receiving layer]
A cellophane adhesive tape (manufactured by Nichiban Co., Ltd., CT405AP-24, 24 mm) is pressure-bonded to the surface (on the receiving layer) of each receiving substrate before printing, and then the cellophane adhesive tape is attached to the receiving substrate. Peeling in the direction of 90 degrees with respect to the surface. The adhesive surface of the peeled cellophane adhesive tape was visually observed, and the adhesiveness was evaluated based on the presence or absence of the adhering matter.
 前記剥離したセロハン粘着テープの粘着面に、受容層が全く付着していなかったものを「A」、粘着テープの貼付面積に対して約5%未満の範囲の受容層が支持体から剥離し、粘着テープに付着したものを「B」粘着テープの貼付面積に対して約5%以上50%未満の範囲の受容層が支持体から剥離し、粘着テープに付着したものを「C」、粘着テープの貼付面積に対して約50%以上の範囲の受容層が支持体から剥離し、粘着テープに付着したものを「D」と評価した。 The adhesive layer of the peeled cellophane adhesive tape was “A” in which no receptor layer was attached, and the receptor layer in a range of less than about 5% relative to the adhesive tape application area was peeled from the support, The adhesive layer attached to the adhesive tape is "B". The adhesive layer in the range of about 5% to less than 50% of the adhesive tape is peeled off from the support, and the adhesive layer attached to the adhesive tape is "C". About 50% or more of the receiving layer with respect to the affixing area was peeled off from the support and was attached to the adhesive tape as “D”.
[印刷性の評価方法]
 支持体として前記『(i)PET;ポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルム(東洋紡績株式会社製 コスモシャインA4300,厚さ50μm)』を用いて得られた受容基材表面に、インクジェットプリンター(Roland社製のSP-300V)を用い、流動体として、グリコール系高極性溶剤と顔料とを含む下記9色の溶剤系顔料インクを、下記に例示した順に重ねて印刷することによって、100%~400%ベタ画像の印刷物を得た。
[Method for evaluating printability]
An ink jet printer (SP-300V manufactured by Roland Co., Ltd.) was applied to the surface of the receiving substrate obtained by using “(i) PET; polyethylene terephthalate film (Cosmo Shine A4300 manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd., thickness 50 μm)” as a support. ), And the following nine colors of solvent-based pigment ink containing a glycol-based high-polarity solvent and a pigment as a fluid are printed in the order illustrated below to obtain a printed image with a solid image of 100% to 400%. Obtained.
[9色のインクの説明]
 ・C100%インク
 ・Y100%インク
 ・M100%インク
 ・Bk100%インク
 ・C100%とM100%とからなる合計200%のインク
 ・M100%とY100%とからなる合計200%のインク
 ・Y100%とC100%とからなる合計200%のインク
 ・C100%とM100%とY100%とからなる合計300%のインク
 ・C100%とM100%とY100%とK100%とからなる合計400%のインク
[Description of 9 color inks]
・ C100% ink ・ Y100% ink ・ M100% ink ・ Bk100% ink ・ Total 200% ink composed of C100% and M100% ・ Total 200% ink composed of M100% and Y100% ・ Y100% and C100% 200% ink consisting of C100%, M100% and Y100% total 300% ink C100%, M100% Y100% and K100% total 400% ink
 前記溶剤系顔料インクを用いて印刷して得られた印刷画像の印刷性は、下記基準に基づいて評価した。 The printability of a print image obtained by printing using the solvent-based pigment ink was evaluated based on the following criteria.
 A;前記「合計400%のインク」を用いて形成された印刷画像に色むらやにじみ、クラック等が一切発生しておらず、均一な印刷画像を形成した。 A: A print image formed using the above “total 400% of ink” was free from uneven color, bleeding, cracks, etc., and formed a uniform print image.
 B;前記「合計300%のインク」を用いて形成された印刷画像には色むらやにじみ、クラック等が一切発生していなかったものの、続けて、前記印刷画像上に重ねて、前記「合計400%のインク」を用いて印刷し得られた印刷画像には、若干のにじみや色むらが発生した。 B: The printed image formed using the “300% total ink” had no color unevenness, bleeding, cracks, etc., but was subsequently superimposed on the printed image, The printed image obtained by printing with “400% ink” showed slight blurring and color unevenness.
 C;前記「C100%とM100%とからなる合計200%のインク」、「M100%とY100%とからなる合計200%のインク」、及び、「Y100%とC100%とからなる合計200%のインク」を用い印刷して形成された印刷画像には、色むらやにじみ、クラック等が一切発生していなかったが、続けて前記印刷画像上に重ねて、前記「合計300%のインク」を用いて印刷して得られた印刷画像には、にじみや色むらが発生した。 C: “200% total ink consisting of C100% and M100%”, “200% total ink consisting of M100% and Y100%”, and “200% total consisting of Y100% and C100%” The print image formed by printing using “ink” did not show any color unevenness, blurring, cracks, etc., but was subsequently superimposed on the print image, and the “total of 300% ink” was added. The printed image obtained by printing using the image had blurring and color unevenness.
 D;前記「C100%インク」、「Y100%インク」、「M100%インク」及び「Bk100%インク」を用いて形成された印刷画像には色むらやにじみ、クラック等が一切発生していなかったものの、続けて前記印刷画像上に重ねて、前記「合計200%のインク」を用いて印刷して得られた印刷画像には、にじみや色むらが発生した。 D: Printed images formed using the “C100% ink”, “Y100% ink”, “M100% ink”, and “Bk100% ink” had no color unevenness, blurring, or cracks. However, the print image obtained by successively superimposing on the print image and printing using the “total of 200% of ink” showed blurring and color unevenness.
 E;前記「C100%インク」「Y100%インク」「M100%インク」及び「Bk100%インク」のいずれのインクを用いて印刷した場合も、得られた印刷画像ににじみや色むら、クラックの発生が見られた。 E: Bleeding, color unevenness, and generation of cracks in the obtained printed image when printing is performed using any of the inks “C100% ink”, “Y100% ink”, “M100% ink”, and “Bk100% ink” It was observed.
[流動体としての導電性インクの調製方法] [Method for preparing conductive ink as fluid]
[インクの調製方法]
[インクジェット印刷用ナノ銀インクの調製]
 ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル65質量部と、γ-ブチロラクトン18質量部と、テトラエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル15質量部と、テトラエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル2質量部とからなる混合溶媒に、平均粒径30nmの銀粒子を分散させることによって、溶剤系インクジェット印刷用ナノ銀インクを調製した。
[Ink preparation method]
[Preparation of nano silver ink for inkjet printing]
Silver particles having an average particle diameter of 30 nm are dispersed in a mixed solvent composed of 65 parts by mass of diethylene glycol diethyl ether, 18 parts by mass of γ-butyrolactone, 15 parts by mass of tetraethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and 2 parts by mass of tetraethylene glycol monobutyl ether. Thus, a nano-silver ink for solvent-based inkjet printing was prepared.
[スクリーン印刷用銀ペーストの調製]
 銀 ペースト(ハリマ化成株式会社製 NPS)を用いた。
[Preparation of silver paste for screen printing]
A silver paste (NPS manufactured by Harima Chemicals Co., Ltd.) was used.
[インクジェット印刷法による印刷]
 前記インクジェット印刷用ナノ銀インクを、それぞれ、前記支持体(i)、(ii)及び(iii)を用いて得られた3種の受容基材表面に、インクジェットプリンター(コニカミノルタIJ株式会社製インクジェット試験機EB100、評価用プリンタヘッドKM512L、吐出量42pl)を用い、線幅100μm、膜厚0.5μmの直線を約1cm印刷し、次いで150℃の条件下で30分間乾燥することによって、それぞれ印刷物(導電性パターン)を得た。
[Printing by inkjet printing method]
The nano silver ink for inkjet printing was applied to the surface of three kinds of receiving substrates obtained using the supports (i), (ii) and (iii), respectively, and an inkjet printer (inkjet manufactured by Konica Minolta IJ Co., Ltd.). Using a test machine EB100, an evaluation printer head KM512L, and a discharge amount of 42 pl), a straight line having a line width of 100 μm and a film thickness of 0.5 μm is printed by about 1 cm, and then dried at 150 ° C. for 30 minutes, thereby producing a printed matter. (Conductive pattern) was obtained.
[スクリーン印刷法による印刷]
 前記スクリーン印刷用銀ペーストを、それぞれ、前記支持体(i)、(ii)及び(iii)を用いて得られた3種の受容基材表面に、メタルメッシュ250のスクリーン版を用いて、線幅50μm、膜厚1μmの直線を約1cm印刷し、次いで150℃の条件下で30分間乾燥することによって印刷物(導電性パターン)を得た。
[Printing by screen printing]
The screen-printing silver paste was applied to the surfaces of three kinds of receiving substrates obtained using the supports (i), (ii) and (iii), respectively, using a screen plate of a metal mesh 250, A straight line having a width of 50 μm and a film thickness of 1 μm was printed by about 1 cm, and then dried at 150 ° C. for 30 minutes to obtain a printed matter (conductive pattern).
[細線性の評価方法]
 前記した方法で得られた印刷物(導電性パターン)表面に形成された印刷部(線部)全体を、光学顕微鏡(株式会社キーエンス製デジタルマイクロスコープVHX-100)を用いて観察し、該印刷部のにじみの有無を確認した。
[Evaluation method for fine line properties]
The entire printed part (line part) formed on the surface of the printed matter (conductive pattern) obtained by the above-described method is observed using an optical microscope (Digital Microscope VHX-100 manufactured by Keyence Corporation), and the printed part The presence or absence of bleeding was confirmed.
 具体的には、印刷部(線部)の外縁部ににじみが見られず、印刷部と非印刷部との境界が明確であり、線部の外縁部と中央部とで高さに差が見られず線部全体として平滑であるものを「A」、印刷部(線部)の外縁部のごく一部に、若干のにじみが確認できたものの、全体として印刷部と非印刷部との境界が明確であり、線部全体が平滑であるものを「B」、印刷部(線部)の外縁部の約1/3以内の範囲に、若干のにじみが確認でき、その部分において印刷部と非印刷部との境界が一部で不明確であるものの、線部全体は平滑であり使用可能なレベルであるものを「C」、印刷部(線部)の外縁部の約1/3~1/2程度の範囲でにじみが確認でき、その部分において印刷部と非印刷部との境界が一部で不明確となり、線部の外縁部と中央部とで平滑でなかったものを「D」、印刷部(線部)の外縁部の約1/2以上の範囲でにじみが確認でき、その部分において印刷部と非印刷部との境界が一部で不明確となり、線部の外縁部と中央部とで平滑でなかったものを「E」と評価した。 Specifically, no blur is observed at the outer edge of the printed part (line part), the boundary between the printed part and the non-printed part is clear, and there is a difference in height between the outer edge part and the central part of the line part. “A”, which is not seen, is smooth as the entire line part, and although slight blurring is confirmed in a very small part of the outer edge of the printed part (line part), the printed part and the non-printed part as a whole “B” indicates that the boundary is clear and the entire line portion is smooth, and a slight blur can be confirmed within a range of about 1/3 of the outer edge portion of the print portion (line portion). Although the boundary between the non-printing portion and the non-printing portion is partially unclear, the entire line portion is smooth and usable level is “C”, which is about 1/3 of the outer edge portion of the printing portion (line portion). Bleeding can be confirmed in the range of about ½, and the boundary between the printed part and the non-printed part becomes partially unclear in that part, and the outer edge part and the middle part of the line part become unclear. “D” indicates that the portion was not smooth, and bleeding was confirmed in a range of about ½ or more of the outer edge portion of the printed portion (line portion), and the boundary between the printed portion and the non-printed portion was uniform in that portion. What was unclear in the part and was not smooth between the outer edge part and the center part of the line part was evaluated as “E”.
[通電性の評価方法]
 前記インクジェット印刷用ナノ銀インクを、それぞれ、前記支持体(i)及び(ii)を用いて得られた2種の受容基材表面に、インクジェットプリンター(コニカミノルタIJ株式会社製インクジェット試験機EB100、評価用プリンタヘッドKM512L、吐出量42pl)を用い、縦3cm、横1cmの長方形の範囲(面積)を、膜厚0.5μmで印刷し、次いで150℃の条件下で30分間乾燥することによって、それぞれ印刷物(導電性パターン)を得た。
[Evaluation method of conductivity]
The nano silver ink for inkjet printing was applied to the surface of two types of receiving substrates obtained by using the supports (i) and (ii), respectively, and an inkjet printer (ink tester EB100 manufactured by Konica Minolta IJ Co., Ltd.) By using a printer head for evaluation KM512L and a discharge amount of 42 pl), a rectangular area (area) of 3 cm in length and 1 cm in width is printed with a film thickness of 0.5 μm, and then dried at 150 ° C. for 30 minutes. Each printed matter (conductive pattern) was obtained.
 また、前記スクリーン印刷用銀ペーストを、それぞれ、前記支持体(i)及び(ii)を用いて得られた2種の受容基材表面に、メタルメッシュ250のスクリーン版を用いて、縦3cm、横1cmの長方形の範囲(面積)を、膜厚1μm印刷し、次いで150℃の条件下で30分間乾燥することによって印刷物(導電性パターン)を得た。 In addition, the screen printing silver paste, each of the two receiving substrate surfaces obtained using the support (i) and (ii), using a screen plate of a metal mesh 250, 3 cm in length, A 1 cm wide rectangular area (area) was printed at a film thickness of 1 μm, and then dried at 150 ° C. for 30 minutes to obtain a printed matter (conductive pattern).
 前記した方法で得られた印刷物(導電性パターン)表面に形成された縦3cm、横1cmの長方形の範囲のベタ印刷部の体積抵抗率を、ロレスタ指針計(三菱化学株式会社製MCP-T610)を用いて測定した。体積抵抗率が5×10-6Ω・cm未満であったものを「A」、5×10-6以上9×10-6Ω・cm未満であり十分使用可能なレベルであるものを「B」、9×10-6以上5×10-5Ω・cm未満であって使用可能であるレベルのものを「C」、5×10-5以上9×10-5Ω・cm未満であるものを「D」、9×10-5以上であって実用上使用することが困難であるものを「E」と評価した。 The volume resistivity of the solid printed portion formed in the rectangular range of 3 cm in length and 1 cm in width formed on the surface of the printed matter (conductive pattern) obtained by the above-described method was measured using a Loresta pointer meter (MCP-T610 manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation). It measured using. What volume resistivity is less than 5 × 10 -6 Ω · cm "A", 5 × 10 -6 or 9 × 10 -6 Ω · less than cm "B what is sufficient available levels “C”, a level that is 9 × 10 −6 or more and less than 5 × 10 −5 Ω · cm and that can be used, and “C” that is 5 × 10 −5 or more and less than 9 × 10 −5 Ω · cm Was evaluated as “E” when it was “D”, 9 × 10 −5 or more and difficult to use practically.
[無電解めっき処理後の耐久性の評価方法]
 ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル65質量部と、γ-ブチロラクトン18質量部と、テトラエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル15質量部と、テトラエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル2質量部とからなる混合溶媒に、平均粒径30nmの銀粒子(めっき核)を分散させることによって、溶剤系のめっき核剤を調製した。
[Durability evaluation method after electroless plating]
Silver particles (plating nucleus) having an average particle diameter of 30 nm were mixed with a mixed solvent consisting of 65 parts by mass of diethylene glycol diethyl ether, 18 parts by mass of γ-butyrolactone, 15 parts by mass of tetraethylene glycol dimethyl ether and 2 parts by mass of tetraethylene glycol monobutyl ether. ) Was dispersed to prepare a solvent-based plating nucleating agent.
 前記めっき核剤を、前記支持体(ii)を用いて得られた受容基材表面に、インクジェットプリンター(コニカミノルタIJ株式会社製インクジェット試験機EB100、評価用プリンタヘッドKM512L、吐出量42pl)を用い、縦5cm、横5cmの正方形の範囲(面積)を、膜厚0.5μmでベタ印刷し、次いで150℃の条件下で30分間乾燥することによって、それぞれ印刷物を得た。 An ink jet printer (Konica Minolta IJ Co., Ltd. ink jet testing machine EB100, evaluation printer head KM512L, discharge amount 42 pl) is used on the surface of the receiving substrate obtained by using the support (ii). A solid range of 5 cm in length and 5 cm in width (area) was solid-printed with a film thickness of 0.5 μm, and then dried at 150 ° C. for 30 minutes to obtain printed materials.
 前記で得た印刷物の表面(めっき核が担持された面)に、活性化剤(奥野製薬工業株式会社製エースクリーンA220)を塗布し、55℃×5分間の条件下でめっき核の活性化処理を行った。 An activator (A screen A220 manufactured by Okuno Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.) is applied to the surface of the printed matter obtained above (the surface on which the plating nucleus is supported), and the plating nucleus is activated under the condition of 55 ° C. × 5 minutes. Processed.
 次いで、前記活性化処理の施された面に、無電解銅めっき剤(奥野製薬工業株式会社製OPC-750)を塗布し、20℃×20分の条件で無電解銅めっき処理を行った。 Next, an electroless copper plating agent (OPC-750 manufactured by Okuno Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.) was applied to the surface subjected to the activation treatment, and an electroless copper plating treatment was performed at 20 ° C. for 20 minutes.
 これにより、前記めっき核の担持された表面に、銅からなるめっき被膜が形成された導電性パターンX(めっき構造体X)を得た。 Thereby, a conductive pattern X (plating structure X) in which a plating film made of copper was formed on the surface on which the plating nucleus was carried was obtained.
 前記で得た導電性パターンX(めっき構造体X)のめっき膜表面に、セロハン粘着テープ(ニチバン株式会社製,CT405AP-24,24mm)を指で圧着した後、前記セロハン粘着テープを、導電性パターンX(めっき構造体X)の表面に対して90度方向に剥離した。剥離したセロハン粘着テープの粘着面を目視で観察し、その付着物の有無に基づいて前記密着性を評価した。 A cellophane adhesive tape (manufactured by Nichiban Co., Ltd., CT405AP-24, 24 mm) is pressure-bonded to the plating film surface of the conductive pattern X (plating structure X) obtained above with a finger, and the cellophane adhesive tape is then electrically conductive. Peeling was performed in the direction of 90 degrees with respect to the surface of the pattern X (plating structure X). The adhesive surface of the peeled cellophane adhesive tape was visually observed, and the adhesiveness was evaluated based on the presence or absence of the adhering matter.
 前記剥離したセロハン粘着テープの粘着面に、付着物が全く見られなかったものを「A」、粘着テープの貼付面積に対して約5%未満の範囲で金属めっき、銀、受容層のいずれかが支持体から剥離し、粘着テープに付着したものを「B」粘着テープの貼付面積に対して約5%以上50%未満の範囲で金属めっき、銀、受容層のいずれかがインク受容層が支持体から剥離し、粘着テープに付着したものを「C」、粘着テープの貼付面積に対して約50%以上の範囲で金属めっき、銀、受容層のいずれかが支持体から剥離し、粘着テープに付着したものを「D」と評価した。 “A” indicates that no adherent was observed on the adhesive surface of the peeled cellophane adhesive tape, and it is any of metal plating, silver, and receiving layer within a range of less than about 5% of the adhesive tape application area. Is peeled off from the support and adhered to the adhesive tape within a range of about 5% to less than 50% of the adhesive area of the “B” adhesive tape. "C" peels off the support and adheres to the adhesive tape, and the metal plating, silver, or receiving layer peels off from the support within a range of about 50% or more of the adhesive tape application area. The thing adhering to the tape was evaluated as "D".
[電解めっき処理後の耐久性の評価方法]
 ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル65質量部と、γ-ブチロラクトン18質量部と、テトラエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル15質量部と、テトラエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル2質量部とからなる混合溶媒に、平均粒径30nmの銀粒子(めっき核)を分散させることによって、溶剤系のめっき核剤を調製した。
[Durability evaluation method after electrolytic plating]
Silver particles (plating nucleus) having an average particle diameter of 30 nm were mixed with a mixed solvent consisting of 65 parts by mass of diethylene glycol diethyl ether, 18 parts by mass of γ-butyrolactone, 15 parts by mass of tetraethylene glycol dimethyl ether and 2 parts by mass of tetraethylene glycol monobutyl ether. ) Was dispersed to prepare a solvent-based plating nucleating agent.
 前記めっき核剤を、前記支持体(ii)を用いて得られた受容基材表面に、インクジェットプリンター(コニカミノルタIJ株式会社製インクジェット試験機EB100、評価用プリンタヘッドKM512L、吐出量42pl)を用い、縦5cm、横5cmの正方形の範囲(面積)を、膜厚0.5μmでベタ印刷し、次いで150℃の条件下で30分間乾燥することによって、それぞれ印刷物を得た。 An ink jet printer (Konica Minolta IJ Co., Ltd. ink jet testing machine EB100, evaluation printer head KM512L, discharge amount 42 pl) is used on the surface of the receiving substrate obtained by using the support (ii). A solid range of 5 cm in length and 5 cm in width (area) was solid-printed with a film thickness of 0.5 μm, and then dried at 150 ° C. for 30 minutes to obtain printed materials.
 前記で得た印刷物の表面(めっき核が担持された面)に、活性化剤(奥野製薬工業株式会社製エースクリーンA220)を塗布し、55℃×5分間の条件下でめっき核の活性化処理を行った。 An activator (A screen A220 manufactured by Okuno Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.) is applied to the surface of the printed matter obtained above (the surface on which the plating nucleus is supported), and the plating nucleus is activated under the condition of 55 ° C. × 5 minutes. Processed.
 次いで、前記活性化処理された面に、硫酸銅めっき(奥野製薬工業株式会社製トップルチナ81SW)を塗布し、25℃、3Amp、90分/dm2の条件で電解めっき処理を行うことによって、前記導電性パターンX(めっき構造体X)の銅からなるめっき被膜の表面に、銅からなるめっき被膜が積層した導電性パターンY(めっき構造体Y)を得た。 Next, copper sulfate plating (Top Lucina 81SW manufactured by Okuno Seiyaku Kogyo Co., Ltd.) is applied to the surface subjected to the activation treatment, and an electroplating treatment is performed under the conditions of 25 ° C., 3 Amp, 90 minutes / dm 2, thereby conducting the conductive. A conductive pattern Y (plating structure Y) was obtained in which a plating film made of copper was laminated on the surface of the plating film made of copper of the conductive pattern X (plating structure X).
 前記で得た導電性パターンY(めっき構造体Y)のめっき膜表面に、セロハン粘着テープ(ニチバン株式会社製,CT405AP-24,24mm)を指で圧着した後、前記セロハン粘着テープを、導電性パターンX(めっき構造体X)の表面に対して90度方向に剥離した。剥離したセロハン粘着テープの粘着面を目視で観察し、その付着物の有無に基づいて前記密着性を評価した。 A cellophane adhesive tape (manufactured by Nichiban Co., Ltd., CT405AP-24, 24 mm) is pressure-bonded to the plating film surface of the conductive pattern Y (plating structure Y) obtained above with a finger, and the cellophane adhesive tape is then electrically conductive. Peeling was performed in the direction of 90 degrees with respect to the surface of the pattern X (plating structure X). The adhesive surface of the peeled cellophane adhesive tape was visually observed, and the adhesiveness was evaluated based on the presence or absence of the adhering matter.
 前記剥離したセロハン粘着テープの粘着面に、付着物が全く見られなかったものを「A」、粘着テープの貼付面積に対して約5%未満の範囲で金属めっき、銀、受容層のいずれかが支持体から剥離し、粘着テープに付着したものを「B」粘着テープの貼付面積に対して約5%以上50%未満の範囲で金属めっき、銀、受容層のいずれかがインク受容層が支持体から剥離し、粘着テープに付着したものを「C」、粘着テープの貼付面積に対して約50%以上の範囲で金属めっき、銀、受容層のいずれかが支持体から剥離し、粘着テープに付着したものを「D」と評価した。めっき処理工程中にめっき膜が剥離、あるいはめっきが析出しないものを「E」とした。 “A” indicates that no adherent was observed on the adhesive surface of the peeled cellophane adhesive tape, and it is any of metal plating, silver, and receiving layer within a range of less than about 5% of the adhesive tape application area. Is peeled off from the support and adhered to the adhesive tape within a range of about 5% to less than 50% of the adhesive area of the “B” adhesive tape. "C" peels off the support and adheres to the adhesive tape, and the metal plating, silver, or receiving layer peels off from the support within a range of about 50% or more of the adhesive tape application area. The thing adhering to the tape was evaluated as "D". The case where the plating film was not peeled or the plating was not deposited during the plating treatment step was designated as “E”.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000004

Claims (13)

  1.  片末端に2個の水酸基を有するビニル重合体(a1)を含有するポリオール(A)、及び、ポリイソシアネート(B)を反応させることによって得られる、側鎖にビニル重合体(a1)由来の構造を有するウレタン樹脂(C)を含有することを特徴とする受容層形成用樹脂組成物。 Structure derived from the vinyl polymer (a1) in the side chain, obtained by reacting the polyol (A) containing the vinyl polymer (a1) having two hydroxyl groups at one end and the polyisocyanate (B) A resin composition for forming a receiving layer, which comprises a urethane resin (C) having
  2.  前記片末端に2個の水酸基を有するビニル重合体(a1)が、500~10,000の数平均分子量を有するものである請求項1に記載の受容層形成用樹脂組成物。 2. The resin composition for forming a receiving layer according to claim 1, wherein the vinyl polymer (a1) having two hydroxyl groups at one end has a number average molecular weight of 500 to 10,000.
  3.  前記片末端に2個の水酸基を有するビニル重合体(a1)が2個の水酸基と1個のメルカプト基とを有する連鎖移動剤(a1-1)、及び、ビニル単量体(a1-2)を反応させて得られるものである請求項1に記載の受容層形成用樹脂組成物。 The vinyl polymer (a1) having two hydroxyl groups at one end is a chain transfer agent (a1-1) having two hydroxyl groups and one mercapto group, and a vinyl monomer (a1-2) The resin composition for forming a receiving layer according to claim 1, which is obtained by reacting.
  4.  前記ビニル単量体(a1-2)が、(メタ)アクリル酸及び(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルからなる群より選ばれる1種以上のビニル単量体を含有するものである請求項1に記載の受容層形成用樹脂組成物。 2. The vinyl monomer (a1-2) contains one or more vinyl monomers selected from the group consisting of (meth) acrylic acid and (meth) acrylic acid alkyl esters. Resin composition for forming a receiving layer.
  5.  前記ポリオール(A)が、さらにポリエーテルポリオール、ポリエステルポリオール及びポリカーボネートポリオールからなる群より選ばれる1種以上を含有するものである請求項1に記載の受容層形成用樹脂組成物。 The resin composition for forming a receiving layer according to claim 1, wherein the polyol (A) further contains one or more selected from the group consisting of polyether polyol, polyester polyol and polycarbonate polyol.
  6.  前記ウレタン樹脂(C)が、前記ウレタン樹脂(C)の製造に使用する原料の合計質量に対して、前記ビニル重合体(a1)を1質量%~70質量%の範囲で使用して得られるものである請求項1に記載の受容層形成用樹脂組成物。 The urethane resin (C) is obtained by using the vinyl polymer (a1) in the range of 1% by mass to 70% by mass with respect to the total mass of raw materials used for the production of the urethane resin (C). The resin composition for forming a receiving layer according to claim 1, which is a product.
  7.  前記受容層形成用樹脂組成物が、導電性物質または顔料を含有する流動体を受容する層を形成するものである請求項1に記載の受容層形成用樹脂組成物。 2. The resin composition for forming a receiving layer according to claim 1, wherein the resin composition for forming a receiving layer forms a layer for receiving a fluid containing a conductive substance or a pigment.
  8.  前記導電性物質または顔料を含有する流動体が、導電性物質を含有する導電性インク、導電性物質を含有するめっき核剤、または、顔料を含有する顔料インクである請求項7に記載の受容層形成用樹脂組成物。 8. The receptor according to claim 7, wherein the fluid containing the conductive substance or the pigment is a conductive ink containing a conductive substance, a plating nucleating agent containing a conductive substance, or a pigment ink containing a pigment. Layer forming resin composition.
  9.  支持体表面の一部または全部に、請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載の受容層形成用樹脂組成物を用いて形成された受容層を有することを特徴とする受容基材。 A receptor substrate comprising a receptor layer formed by using the resin composition for forming a receptor layer according to any one of claims 1 to 8 on a part or all of the surface of the support.
  10.  請求項9に記載の受容基材を構成する受容層上に、導電性物質または顔料を含有する流動体によって印刷の施された印刷物。 A printed matter printed on a receiving layer constituting the receiving substrate according to claim 9 by a fluid containing a conductive substance or a pigment.
  11.  請求項9に記載の受容基材を構成する受容層上に、導電性物質を含有する導電性インク、または、導電性物質を含有するめっき核剤からなる流動体を用いて印刷の施された導電性パターン。 Printing was performed on the receiving layer constituting the receiving substrate according to claim 9 by using a conductive ink containing a conductive substance or a fluid made of a plating nucleating agent containing a conductive substance. Conductive pattern.
  12.  前記流動体を印刷することによって形成された印刷部の表面に、電解めっきまたは無電解めっき処理を施すことによって得られるものである請求項11に記載の導電性パターン。 The conductive pattern according to claim 11, wherein the conductive pattern is obtained by subjecting a surface of a printing part formed by printing the fluid to an electrolytic plating or an electroless plating treatment.
  13.  請求項11または12に記載の導電性パターンからなる電子回路。 An electronic circuit comprising the conductive pattern according to claim 11 or 12.
PCT/JP2014/055828 2013-03-13 2014-03-06 Resin composition for forming receiving layer, and receiving base, printed material, conductive pattern and electrical circuit which are obtained using same WO2014142004A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2014524979A JP5594451B1 (en) 2013-03-13 2014-03-06 RECEPTION LAYER FORMING RESIN COMPOSITION AND RECEPTION SUBSTRATE, PRINTED MATERIAL, CONDUCTIVE PATTERN AND ELECTRIC CIRCUIT OBTAINED USING THE SAME

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2013050418 2013-03-13
JP2013-050418 2013-03-13

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014142004A1 true WO2014142004A1 (en) 2014-09-18

Family

ID=51536667

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2014/055828 WO2014142004A1 (en) 2013-03-13 2014-03-06 Resin composition for forming receiving layer, and receiving base, printed material, conductive pattern and electrical circuit which are obtained using same

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP5594451B1 (en)
TW (1) TW201443151A (en)
WO (1) WO2014142004A1 (en)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2015045832A1 (en) * 2013-09-30 2015-04-02 富士フイルム株式会社 Pigment dispersion composition, inkjet recording method, and method for producing compound
JP2016182740A (en) * 2015-03-26 2016-10-20 トッパン・フォームズ株式会社 Laminate and electronic apparatus
WO2017163313A1 (en) * 2016-03-22 2017-09-28 グンゼ株式会社 Electronic device panel member and method for manufacturing same
JP2018148108A (en) * 2017-03-08 2018-09-20 三菱製紙株式会社 Substrate for forming conductive pattern and method for producing conductive member

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3294817B1 (en) * 2015-10-28 2019-11-27 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Radiation curable polyurethane-based binder dispersion
CN112740837A (en) 2018-10-31 2021-04-30 三井化学株式会社 Bendable wiring substrate, stretchable wiring substrate, and electronic device obtained from the same

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2006222162A (en) * 2005-02-08 2006-08-24 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Ink for forming printed wiring board, method of forming printed wiring board and printed wiring board
JP2008081550A (en) * 2006-09-26 2008-04-10 Japan Aviation Electronics Industry Ltd Ink for wiring material and method for producing the same
WO2012073562A1 (en) * 2010-11-30 2012-06-07 Dic株式会社 Binder for inkjet printing ink and inkjet printing ink and printed matter containing same
JP2012201730A (en) * 2011-03-24 2012-10-22 Dic Corp Method for producing vinyl polymer and method for producing polyurethane
JP5062502B2 (en) * 2011-02-16 2012-10-31 Dic株式会社 Aqueous urethane resin composition, coating agent containing the same, adhesive, binder for inkjet printing ink, ink for inkjet printing, and printed matter
JP2013027837A (en) * 2011-07-29 2013-02-07 Fujifilm Corp Method for manufacturing laminated body having metal film, ink composition

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2006222162A (en) * 2005-02-08 2006-08-24 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Ink for forming printed wiring board, method of forming printed wiring board and printed wiring board
JP2008081550A (en) * 2006-09-26 2008-04-10 Japan Aviation Electronics Industry Ltd Ink for wiring material and method for producing the same
WO2012073562A1 (en) * 2010-11-30 2012-06-07 Dic株式会社 Binder for inkjet printing ink and inkjet printing ink and printed matter containing same
JP5062502B2 (en) * 2011-02-16 2012-10-31 Dic株式会社 Aqueous urethane resin composition, coating agent containing the same, adhesive, binder for inkjet printing ink, ink for inkjet printing, and printed matter
JP2012201730A (en) * 2011-03-24 2012-10-22 Dic Corp Method for producing vinyl polymer and method for producing polyurethane
JP2013027837A (en) * 2011-07-29 2013-02-07 Fujifilm Corp Method for manufacturing laminated body having metal film, ink composition

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2015045832A1 (en) * 2013-09-30 2015-04-02 富士フイルム株式会社 Pigment dispersion composition, inkjet recording method, and method for producing compound
JP2015067795A (en) * 2013-09-30 2015-04-13 富士フイルム株式会社 Pigment dispersion composition, inkjet recording method and method for producing compound
JP2016182740A (en) * 2015-03-26 2016-10-20 トッパン・フォームズ株式会社 Laminate and electronic apparatus
WO2017163313A1 (en) * 2016-03-22 2017-09-28 グンゼ株式会社 Electronic device panel member and method for manufacturing same
JP2018148108A (en) * 2017-03-08 2018-09-20 三菱製紙株式会社 Substrate for forming conductive pattern and method for producing conductive member

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP5594451B1 (en) 2014-09-24
JPWO2014142004A1 (en) 2017-02-16
TW201443151A (en) 2014-11-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5177607B1 (en) RECEPTION LAYER FORMING RESIN COMPOSITION AND RECEPTION SUBSTRATE, PRINTED MATERIAL, CONDUCTIVE PATTERN AND ELECTRIC CIRCUIT OBTAINED USING THE SAME
JP5594451B1 (en) RECEPTION LAYER FORMING RESIN COMPOSITION AND RECEPTION SUBSTRATE, PRINTED MATERIAL, CONDUCTIVE PATTERN AND ELECTRIC CIRCUIT OBTAINED USING THE SAME
JP5201433B1 (en) RECEPTION LAYER FORMING RESIN COMPOSITION AND RECEPTION SUBSTRATE, PRINTED MATERIAL, CONDUCTIVE PATTERN AND ELECTRIC CIRCUIT OBTAINED USING THE SAME
JP5218878B1 (en) Conductive pattern and manufacturing method thereof
WO2013147050A1 (en) Laminate body, conductive pattern, electrical circuit, and method for producing laminate body
KR102097385B1 (en) Ultrafine metal pattern forming method, ultrafine metal patterns, and electronic components
WO2014142007A1 (en) Conductive ultrafine pattern forming method, conductive ultrafine patterns, and electric circuits
JP6103161B2 (en) Conductive pattern, electronic circuit and electromagnetic wave shield
JPWO2013172229A1 (en) Conductive pattern, conductive circuit, and method of manufacturing conductive pattern
JPWO2013179965A1 (en) Conductive pattern, conductive circuit, and method of manufacturing conductive pattern
JP6160863B2 (en) Conductive pattern and conductive circuit
JP5622067B1 (en) RECEPTION LAYER FORMING COMPOSITION, RECEPTIVE SUBSTRATE, PRINTED MATERIAL, CONDUCTIVE PATTERN AND ELECTRIC CIRCUIT OBTAINED
JP2013056467A (en) Resin composition for conductive ink receiving layer formation, conductive ink receiving substrate, printed matter, conductive pattern and circuit board

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2014524979

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14763246

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 14763246

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1